annotate man/custom.texi @ 70059:9028ccec5e38

(mh-sub-folders-actual): Mention that folder must have been processed by mh-normalize-folder-name. (mh-folder-completion-function): Handle completion of folders with absolute names. Also, when flag is t, display complete folder name to provide proper highlighting in Emacs 22 now that minibuffer-completing-file-name is nil (closes SF #1470518). (mh-folder-completing-read): No longer set minibuffer-completing-file-name to t. This was causing "Can't set current directory errors" when browsing absolute file names. Another benefit of this change is that SPC can be used for completion again (closes SF #1470518).
author Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
date Mon, 17 Apr 2006 23:43:03 +0000
parents f03892ad5b73
children fe86bf681435 c156f6a9e7b5
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
64890
3723093a21fd Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 64456
diff changeset
2 @c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
68639
dc2d5a6655a3 Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 68588
diff changeset
3 @c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 @node Customization, Quitting, Amusements, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 @chapter Customization
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7 @cindex customization
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9 This chapter talks about various topics relevant to adapting the
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
10 behavior of Emacs in ways we have anticipated.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
11 @iftex
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
12 See @cite{The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
13 @end iftex
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
14 @ifnottex
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
15 @xref{Top, Emacs Lisp, Emacs Lisp, elisp, The Emacs Lisp
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
16 Reference Manual},
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
17 @end ifnottex
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
18 for how to make more far-reaching and open-ended changes. @xref{X
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
19 Resources}, for information on using X resources to customize Emacs.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
21 Customization that you do within Emacs normally affects only the
56165
920d5b4fe0a2 * msdog.texi (Text and Binary, MS-DOS Printing): Use m-dash.
Jesper Harder <harder@ifa.au.dk>
parents: 56085
diff changeset
22 particular Emacs session that you do it in---it does not persist
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
23 between sessions unless you save the customization in a file such as
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
24 your init file (@file{.emacs}) that will affect future sessions.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
25 (@xref{Init File}.) When you tell the customization buffer to save
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
26 customizations for future sessions, this actually works by editing
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
27 @file{.emacs} for you.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28
52227
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
29 Another means of customization is the keyboard macro, which is a
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
30 sequence of keystrokes to be replayed with a single command.
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
31 @xref{Keyboard Macros}, for full instruction how to record, manage, and
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
32 replay sequences of keys.
fd6d7ba60ecf (Customization): Add xref to Keyboard Macros chapter.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51448
diff changeset
33
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35 * Minor Modes:: Each minor mode is one feature you can turn on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 independently of any others.
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
37 * Easy Customization:: Convenient way to browse and change settings.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
38 * Variables:: Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 to decide what to do; by setting variables,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 you can control their functioning.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 * Key Bindings:: The keymaps say what command each key runs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 * Syntax:: The syntax table controls how words and
62475
463dbe69de36 (Customization): Fix menu.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents: 61606
diff changeset
44 expressions are parsed.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 * Init File:: How to write common customizations in the
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
46 @file{.emacs} file.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 @node Minor Modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
50 @section Minor Modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 @cindex minor modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 @cindex mode, minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54 Minor modes are optional features which you can turn on or off. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
55 example, Auto Fill mode is a minor mode in which @key{SPC} breaks lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 between words as you type. All the minor modes are independent of each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57 other and of the selected major mode. Most minor modes say in the mode
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
58 line when they are enabled; for example, @samp{Fill} in the mode line means
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
59 that Auto Fill mode is enabled.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
60
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
61 You should append @code{-mode} to the name of a minor mode to
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
62 produce the name of the command that turns the mode on or off. Thus,
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
63 the command to enable or disable Auto Fill mode is called
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
64 @code{auto-fill-mode}. These commands are usually invoked with
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
65 @kbd{M-x}, but you can bind keys to them if you wish.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
66
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
67 With no argument, the minor mode function turns the mode on if it
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
68 was off, and off if it was on. This is known as @dfn{toggling}. A
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
69 positive argument always turns the mode on, and an explicit zero
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
70 argument or a negative argument always turns it off.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
72 Some minor modes are global: while enabled, they affect everything
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
73 you do in the Emacs session, in all buffers. Other minor modes are
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
74 buffer-local; they apply only to the current buffer, so you can enable
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
75 the mode in certain buffers and not others.
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
76
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
77 For most minor modes, the command name is also the name of a
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
78 variable. The variable's value is non-@code{nil} if the mode is
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
79 enabled and @code{nil} if it is disabled. Some minor-mode commands
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
80 work by just setting the variable. For example, the command
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
81 @code{abbrev-mode} works by setting the value of @code{abbrev-mode} as
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
82 a variable; it is this variable that directly turns Abbrev mode on and
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
83 off. You can directly set the variable's value instead of calling the
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
84 mode function. For other minor modes, you need to either set the
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
85 variable through the Customize interface or call the mode function to
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
86 correctly enable or disable the mode. To check which of these two
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
87 possibilities applies to a given minor mode, use @kbd{C-h v} to ask
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
88 for documentation on the variable name.
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
89
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
90 For minor mode commands that work by just setting the minor mode
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
91 variable, that variable provides a good way for Lisp programs to turn
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
92 minor modes on and off; it is also useful in a file's local variables
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
93 list (@pxref{File Variables}). But please think twice before setting
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
94 minor modes with a local variables list, because most minor modes are
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
95 a matter of user preference---other users editing the same file might
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
96 not want the same minor modes you prefer.
38322
245114062ee0 Explain more clearly what it takes to make a customization permanent.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38114
diff changeset
97
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
98 The most useful buffer-local minor modes include Abbrev mode, Auto
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
99 Fill mode, Auto Save mode, Font-Lock mode, Glasses mode, Outline minor
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
100 mode, Overwrite mode, and Binary Overwrite mode.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102 Abbrev mode allows you to define abbreviations that automatically expand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 as you type them. For example, @samp{amd} might expand to @samp{abbrev
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 mode}. @xref{Abbrevs}, for full information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106 Auto Fill mode allows you to enter filled text without breaking lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
107 explicitly. Emacs inserts newlines as necessary to prevent lines from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
108 becoming too long. @xref{Filling}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
109
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
110 Auto Save mode saves the buffer contents periodically to reduce the
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
111 amount of work you can lose in case of a crash. @xref{Auto Save}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113 Enriched mode enables editing and saving of formatted text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114 @xref{Formatted Text}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116 Flyspell mode automatically highlights misspelled words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 @xref{Spelling}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
119 Font-Lock mode automatically highlights certain textual units found
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
120 in programs, such as comments, strings, and function names being
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
121 defined. This requires a display that can show multiple fonts or
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
122 colors. @xref{Faces}.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
123
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
124 @ignore
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 ISO Accents mode makes the characters @samp{`}, @samp{'}, @samp{"},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 @samp{^}, @samp{/} and @samp{~} combine with the following letter, to
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
127 produce an accented letter in the ISO Latin-1 character set. The
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
128 newer and more general feature of input methods more or less
68715
de0c23e2c38d * custom.texi (Minor Modes): Update xrefs.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 68689
diff changeset
129 supersedes ISO Accents mode. @xref{Unibyte Mode}.
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
130 @end ignore
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132 Outline minor mode provides the same facilities as the major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 called Outline mode; but since it is a minor mode instead, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 combine it with any major mode. @xref{Outline Mode}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 @cindex Overwrite mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 @cindex mode, Overwrite
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 Overwrite mode causes ordinary printing characters to replace existing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 text instead of shoving it to the right. For example, if point is in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 front of the @samp{B} in @samp{FOOBAR}, then in Overwrite mode typing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 @kbd{G} changes it to @samp{FOOGAR}, instead of producing @samp{FOOGBAR}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 as usual. In Overwrite mode, the command @kbd{C-q} inserts the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 character whatever it may be, even if it is a digit---this gives you a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 way to insert a character instead of replacing an existing character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145
37571
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
146 @findex overwrite-mode
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
147 @kindex INSERT
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
148 The command @code{overwrite-mode} is an exception to the rule that
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
149 commands which toggle minor modes are normally not bound to keys: it is
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
150 bound to the @key{INSERT} function key. This is because many other
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
151 programs bind @key{INSERT} to similar functions.
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
152
9628e53b601d Document that overwrite-mode is bound to INSERT and add @kindex for INSERT.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37419
diff changeset
153 @findex binary-overwrite-mode
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 Binary Overwrite mode is a variant of Overwrite mode for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155 binary files; it treats newlines and tabs like other characters, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 they overwrite other characters and can be overwritten by them.
37843
e8365cfcb741 Explain how Binary Overwrite mode affects C-q.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37618
diff changeset
157 In Binary Overwrite mode, digits after @kbd{C-q} specify an
e8365cfcb741 Explain how Binary Overwrite mode affects C-q.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37618
diff changeset
158 octal character code, as usual.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
160 Here are some useful minor modes that normally apply to all buffers
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
161 at once. Since Line Number mode and Transient Mark mode can be
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
162 enabled or disabled just by setting the value of the minor mode
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
163 variable, you @emph{can} set them differently for particular buffers,
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
164 by explicitly making the corresponding variable local in those
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
165 buffers. @xref{Locals}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Icomplete mode displays an indication of available completions when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 you are in the minibuffer and completion is active. @xref{Completion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 Options}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 Line Number mode enables continuous display in the mode line of the
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
172 line number of point, and Column Number mode enables display of the
28126
e7cf77f27506 Fix copyright line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27218
diff changeset
173 column number. @xref{Mode Line}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 Scroll Bar mode gives each window a scroll bar (@pxref{Scroll Bars}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 Menu Bar mode gives each frame a menu bar (@pxref{Menu Bars}). Both of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 these modes are enabled by default when you use the X Window System.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 In Transient Mark mode, every change in the buffer contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 ``deactivates'' the mark, so that commands that operate on the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181 will get an error. This means you must either set the mark, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 explicitly ``reactivate'' it, before each command that uses the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 The advantage of Transient Mark mode is that Emacs can display the
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
184 region highlighted. @xref{Mark}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
186 @node Easy Customization
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
187 @section Easy Customization Interface
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
189 @cindex settings
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
190 Emacs has many @dfn{settings} which have values that you can specify
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
191 in order to customize various commands. Many are documented in this
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
192 manual. Most settings are @dfn{user options}---that is to say, Lisp
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
193 variables (@pxref{Variables})---so their names appear in the Variable
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
194 Index (@pxref{Variable Index}). The other settings are faces and
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
195 their attributes (@pxref{Faces}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 @findex customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 @cindex customization buffer
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
199 You can browse interactively through settings and change them using
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
200 @kbd{M-x customize}. This command creates a @dfn{customization
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
201 buffer}, which offers commands to navigate through a logically
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
202 organized structure of the Emacs settings; you can also use it to edit
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
203 and set their values, and to save settings permanently in your
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
204 @file{~/.emacs} file (@pxref{Init File}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
206 The appearance of the example buffers in this section is typically
68689
05a209d3a8c2 Minor cleanups. "Graphical display", not window system.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
207 different under a graphical display, since faces are then used to indicate
68347
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
208 buttons, links and editable fields.
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
209
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
210 @menu
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
211 * Groups: Customization Groups. How settings are classified in a structure.
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
212 * Browsing: Browsing Custom. Browsing and searching for settings.
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
213 * Changing a Variable:: How to edit an option's value and set the option.
67515
bcb381c5774c (Easy Customization): Change menu comment.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67445
diff changeset
214 * Saving Customizations:: Specifying the file for saving customizations.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
215 * Face Customization:: How to edit the attributes of a face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 * Specific Customization:: Making a customization buffer for specific
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
217 variables, faces, or groups.
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
218 * Custom Themes:: How to define collections of customized options
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
219 that can be loaded and unloaded together.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 @node Customization Groups
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
223 @subsection Customization Groups
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 @cindex customization groups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
226 For customization purposes, settings are organized into @dfn{groups}
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
227 to help you find them. Groups are collected into bigger groups, all
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
228 the way up to a master group called @code{Emacs}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 @kbd{M-x customize} creates a customization buffer that shows the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 top-level @code{Emacs} group and the second-level groups immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 under it. It looks like this, in part:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 /- Emacs group: ---------------------------------------------------\
68144
7429d61c0c66 (Changing a Variable, Face Customization): Update for changes in Custom menus.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67987
diff changeset
236 [State]: visible group members are all at standard values.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 Customization of the One True Editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 See also [Manual].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
240 Editing group: [Go to Group]
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 Basic text editing facilities.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
243 External group: [Go to Group]
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 Interfacing to external utilities.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 @var{more second-level groups}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 \- Emacs group end ------------------------------------------------/
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 This says that the buffer displays the contents of the @code{Emacs}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 group. The other groups are listed because they are its contents. But
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 they are listed differently, without indentation and dashes, because
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 @emph{their} contents are not included. Each group has a single-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 documentation string; the @code{Emacs} group also has a @samp{[State]}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 @cindex editable fields (customization buffer)
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
261 @cindex buttons (customization buffer)
68347
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
262 @cindex links (customization buffer)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 Most of the text in the customization buffer is read-only, but it
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
264 typically includes some @dfn{editable fields} that you can edit.
68347
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
265 There are also @dfn{buttons} and @dfn{links}, which do something when
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
266 you @dfn{invoke} them. To invoke a button or a link, either click on
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
267 it with @kbd{Mouse-1}, or move point to it and type @key{RET}.
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
268
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
269 For example, the phrase @samp{[State]} that appears in
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
270 a second-level group is a button. It operates on the same
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
271 customization buffer. The phrase @samp{[Go to Group]} is a kind
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
272 of hypertext link to another group. Invoking it creates a new
c81a023b1cb8 (Easy Customization, Customization Groups)
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 68258
diff changeset
273 customization buffer, which shows that group and its contents.
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
274
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
275 The @code{Emacs} group includes a few settings, but mainly it
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
276 contains other groups, which contain more groups, which contain the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
277 settings. By browsing the hierarchy of groups, you will eventually
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
278 find the feature you are interested in customizing. Then you can use
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
279 the customization buffer to set that feature's settings. You can also
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
280 go straight to a particular group by name, using the command @kbd{M-x
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
281 customize-group}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
283 @node Browsing Custom
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
284 @subsection Browsing and Searching for Options and Faces
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 @findex customize-browse
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
286
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
287 @kbd{M-x customize-browse} is another way to browse the available
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
288 settings. This command creates a special customization buffer which
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
289 shows only the names of groups and settings, and puts them in a
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
290 structure.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
292 In this buffer, you can show the contents of a group by invoking the
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
293 @samp{[+]} button. When the group contents are visible, this button
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
294 changes to @samp{[-]}; invoking that hides the group contents again.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
295
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
296 Each group or setting in this buffer has a link which says
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
297 @samp{[Group]}, @samp{[Option]} or @samp{[Face]}. Invoking this link
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
298 creates an ordinary customization buffer showing just that group and
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
299 its contents, just that user option, or just that face. This is the
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
300 way to change settings that you find with @kbd{M-x customize-browse}.
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
301
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
302 If you can guess part of the name of the settings you are interested
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
303 in, @kbd{M-x customize-apropos} is another way to search for settings.
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
304 However, unlike @code{customize} and @code{customize-browse},
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
305 @code{customize-apropos} can only find groups and settings that are
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
306 loaded in the current Emacs session. @xref{Specific Customization,,
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
307 Customizing Specific Items}.
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
308
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
309 @node Changing a Variable
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
310 @subsection Changing a Variable
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
312 Here is an example of what a variable (a user option) looks like in
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
313 the customization buffer:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
316 Kill Ring Max: [Hide Value] 60
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
317 [State]: STANDARD.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 Maximum length of kill ring before oldest elements are thrown away.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
321 The text following @samp{[Hide Value]}, @samp{60} in this case, indicates
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
322 the current value of the variable. If you see @samp{[Show Value]} instead of
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
323 @samp{[Hide Value]}, it means that the value is hidden; the customization
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 buffer initially hides values that take up several lines. Invoke
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
325 @samp{[Show Value]} to show the value.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
327 The line after the variable name indicates the @dfn{customization
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
328 state} of the variable: in the example above, it says you have not
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
329 changed the option yet. The @samp{[State]} button at the beginning of
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
330 this line gives you a menu of various operations for customizing the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
331 variable.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 The line after the @samp{[State]} line displays the beginning of the
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
334 variable's documentation string. If there are more lines of
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
335 documentation, this line ends with a @samp{[More]} button; invoke that
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
336 to show the full documentation string.
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
337
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
338 To enter a new value for @samp{Kill Ring Max}, move point to the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
339 value and edit it textually. For example, you can type @kbd{M-d},
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
340 then insert another number. As you begin to alter the text, you will
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
341 see the @samp{[State]} line change to say that you have edited the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
342 value:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
345 [State]: EDITED, shown value does not take effect until you set or @r{@dots{}}
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
346 save it.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
349 @cindex user options, how to set
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
350 @cindex variables, how to set
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
351 @cindex settings, how to set
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
352 Editing the value does not actually set the variable. To do that,
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
353 you must @dfn{set} the variable. To do this, invoke the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
354 @samp{[State]} button and choose @samp{Set for Current Session}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
356 The state of the variable changes visibly when you set it:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
359 [State]: SET for current session only.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 You don't have to worry about specifying a value that is not valid;
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
363 the @samp{Set for Current Session} operation checks for validity and
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
364 will not install an unacceptable value.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366 @kindex M-TAB @r{(customization buffer)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 @findex widget-complete
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
368 While editing a field that is a file name, directory name,
60423
ad01c2a006c4 (Changing a Variable): C-M-i like M-TAB.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59996
diff changeset
369 command name, or anything else for which completion is defined, you
ad01c2a006c4 (Changing a Variable): C-M-i like M-TAB.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59996
diff changeset
370 can type @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{widget-complete}) to do completion.
ad01c2a006c4 (Changing a Variable): C-M-i like M-TAB.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59996
diff changeset
371 (@kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} and @kbd{C-M-i} do the same thing.)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
373 Some variables have a small fixed set of possible legitimate values.
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
374 These variables don't let you edit the value textually. Instead, a
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
375 @samp{[Value Menu]} button appears before the value; invoke this
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
376 button to change the value. For a boolean ``on or off'' value, the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
377 button says @samp{[Toggle]}, and it changes to the other value.
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
378 @samp{[Value Menu]} and @samp{[Toggle]} simply edit the buffer; the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
379 changes take real effect when you use the @samp{Set for Current
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
380 Session} operation.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
382 Some variables have values with complex structure. For example, the
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
383 value of @code{file-coding-system-alist} is an association list. Here
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
384 is how it appears in the customization buffer:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
387 File Coding System Alist: [Hide Value]
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
388 [INS] [DEL] File regexp: \.elc\'
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
389 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
390 Decoding: emacs-mule
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
391 Encoding: emacs-mule
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
392 [INS] [DEL] File regexp: \(\`\|/\)loaddefs.el\'
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
393 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
37977
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
394 Decoding: raw-text
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
395 Encoding: raw-text-unix
31075
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
396 [INS] [DEL] File regexp: \.tar\'
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
397 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
398 Decoding: no-conversion
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
399 Encoding: no-conversion
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
400 [INS] [DEL] File regexp:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
401 Choice: [Value Menu] Encoding/decoding pair:
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
402 Decoding: undecided
9c560a17ef4a (Changing an Option): Change load-path example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
403 Encoding: nil
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
404 [INS]
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
405 [State]: STANDARD.
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
406 Alist to decide a coding system to use for a file I/O @r{@dots{}}
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
407 operation. [Hide Rest]
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
408 The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...),
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
409 where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a file name,
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
410 @r{[@dots{}more lines of documentation@dots{}]}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 @noindent
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
414 Each association in the list appears on four lines, with several
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
415 editable fields and/or buttons. You can edit the regexps and coding
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
416 systems using ordinary editing commands. You can also invoke
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
417 @samp{[Value Menu]} to switch to a different kind of value---for
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
418 instance, to specify a function instead of a pair of coding systems.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
420 To delete an association from the list, invoke the @samp{[DEL]} button
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
421 for that item. To add an association, invoke @samp{[INS]} at the
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
422 position where you want to add it. There is an @samp{[INS]} button
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
423 between each pair of associations, another at the beginning and another
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
424 at the end, so you can add a new association at any position in the
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
425 list.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 @kindex TAB @r{(customization buffer)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 @kindex S-TAB @r{(customization buffer)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 @findex widget-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 @findex widget-backward
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
431 Two special commands, @key{TAB} and @kbd{S-@key{TAB}}, are useful
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
432 for moving through the customization buffer. @key{TAB}
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
433 (@code{widget-forward}) moves forward to the next button or editable
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
434 field; @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{widget-backward}) moves backward to
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
435 the previous button or editable field.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 Typing @key{RET} on an editable field also moves forward, just like
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
438 @key{TAB}. We set it up this way because people often type @key{RET}
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
439 when they are finished editing a field. To insert a newline within an
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
440 editable field, use @kbd{C-o} or @kbd{C-q C-j}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
442 @cindex saving a setting
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
443 @cindex settings, how to save
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
444 Setting the variable changes its value in the current Emacs session;
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
445 @dfn{saving} the value changes it for future sessions as well. To
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
446 save the variable, invoke @samp{[State]} and select the @samp{Save for
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
447 Future Sessions} operation. This works by writing code so as to set
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
448 the variable again, each time you start Emacs (@pxref{Saving
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
449 Customizations}).
37618
764853859fbc (Changing an Option): Document that "emacs -q" cannot save customizations.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37596
diff changeset
450
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
451 You can also restore the variable to its standard value by invoking
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
452 @samp{[State]} and selecting the @samp{Erase Customization} operation.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
453 There are actually four reset operations:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 @table @samp
68144
7429d61c0c66 (Changing a Variable, Face Customization): Update for changes in Custom menus.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67987
diff changeset
456 @item Undo Edits
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
457 If you have made some modifications and not yet set the variable,
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 this restores the text in the customization buffer to match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 the actual value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 @item Reset to Saved
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
462 This restores the value of the variable to the last saved value,
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 and updates the text accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
465 @item Erase Customization
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
466 This sets the variable to its standard value, and updates the text
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
467 accordingly. This also eliminates any saved value for the variable,
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 so that you will get the standard value in future Emacs sessions.
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
469
68144
7429d61c0c66 (Changing a Variable, Face Customization): Update for changes in Custom menus.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67987
diff changeset
470 @item Set to Backup Value
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
471 This sets the variable to a previous value that was set in the
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
472 customization buffer in this session. If you customize a variable
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
473 and then reset it, which discards the customized value,
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
474 you can get the customized value back again with this operation.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
477 @cindex comments on customized settings
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
478 Sometimes it is useful to record a comment about a specific
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
479 customization. Use the @samp{Add Comment} item from the
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
480 @samp{[State]} menu to create a field for entering the comment. The
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
481 comment you enter will be saved, and displayed again if you again view
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
482 the same variable in a customization buffer, even in another session.
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
483
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 The state of a group indicates whether anything in that group has been
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
485 edited, set or saved.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
487 Near the top of the customization buffer there are two lines of buttons:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 [Set for Current Session] [Save for Future Sessions]
68144
7429d61c0c66 (Changing a Variable, Face Customization): Update for changes in Custom menus.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67987
diff changeset
491 [Undo Edits] [Reset to Saved] [Erase Customization] [Finish]
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493
36593
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
494 @vindex custom-buffer-done-function
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 @noindent
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
496 Invoking @samp{[Finish]} either buries or kills this customization
36593
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
497 buffer according to the setting of the option
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
498 @code{custom-buffer-done-kill}; the default is to bury the buffer.
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
499 Each of the other buttons performs an operation---set, save or
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
500 reset---on each of the settings in the buffer that could meaningfully
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
501 be set, saved or reset. They do not operate on settings whose values
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
502 are hidden, nor on subgroups which are hidden or not visible in the buffer.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
504 @node Saving Customizations
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
505 @subsection Saving Customizations
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
506
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
507 Saving customizations from the customization buffer works by writing
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
508 code that future sessions will read, code to set up those
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
509 customizations again.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
510
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
511 @vindex custom-file
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
512 Normally this saves customizations in your init file,
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
513 @file{~/.emacs}. If you wish, you can save customizations in another
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
514 file instead. To make this work, your @file{~/.emacs} should set
59353
c13a0c603028 (Saving Customizations): Minor improvement.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59336
diff changeset
515 @code{custom-file} to the name of that file. Then you should load the
c13a0c603028 (Saving Customizations): Minor improvement.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59336
diff changeset
516 file by calling @code{load}. For example:
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
517
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
518 @example
59336
b442f3501e4e (Saving Customizations): Emacs no longer loads `custom-file' after
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 59282
diff changeset
519 (setq custom-file "~/.emacs-custom.el")
b442f3501e4e (Saving Customizations): Emacs no longer loads `custom-file' after
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 59282
diff changeset
520 (load custom-file)
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
521 @end example
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
522
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
523 You can use @code{custom-file} to specify different customization
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
524 files for different Emacs versions, like this:
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
525
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
526 @example
58861
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
527 (cond ((< emacs-major-version 21)
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
528 ;; @r{Emacs 20 customization.}
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
529 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-20.el"))
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
530 ((and (= emacs-major-version 21) (< emacs-minor-version 4))
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
531 ;; @r{Emacs 21 customization, before version 21.4.}
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
532 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-21.el"))
59996
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
533 ((< emacs-major-version 22)
58861
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
534 ;; @r{Emacs version 21.4 or later.}
59996
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
535 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-21.4.el"))
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
536 (t
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
537 ;; @r{Emacs version 22.1 or later.}
aac0a33f5772 Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 59961
diff changeset
538 (setq custom-file "~/.custom-22.el")))
58861
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
539
2e075e3c65a4 (Saving Customizations): Emacs only loads the custom file
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 58764
diff changeset
540 (load custom-file)
47535
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
541 @end example
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
542
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
543 If Emacs was invoked with the @option{-q} or @option{--no-init-file}
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
544 options (@pxref{Initial Options}), it will not let you save your
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
545 customizations in your @file{~/.emacs} init file. This is because
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
546 saving customizations from such a session would wipe out all the other
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
547 customizations you might have on your init file.
761358848235 (Saving Customizations): New node has the info on custom-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46890
diff changeset
548
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 @node Face Customization
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
550 @subsection Customizing Faces
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 @cindex customizing faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 @cindex bold font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 @cindex italic font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 @cindex fonts and faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
556 In addition to variables, some customization groups also include
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
557 faces. When you show the contents of a group, both the variables and
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 the faces in the group appear in the customization buffer. Here is an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 example of how a face looks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561 @smallexample
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
562 Custom Changed Face:(sample) [Hide Face]
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
563 [State]: STANDARD.
44278
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
564 Face used when the customize item has been changed.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
565 Parent groups: [Custom Magic Faces]
44278
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
566 Attributes: [ ] Font Family: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
567 [ ] Width: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
568 [ ] Height: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
569 [ ] Weight: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
570 [ ] Slant: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
571 [ ] Underline: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
572 [ ] Overline: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
573 [ ] Strike-through: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
574 [ ] Box around text: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
575 [ ] Inverse-video: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
576 [X] Foreground: white (sample)
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
577 [X] Background: blue (sample)
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
578 [ ] Stipple: *
2f0122b0b947 Update the `customize-face' example to reflect current reality.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 43062
diff changeset
579 [ ] Inherit: *
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
582 Each face attribute has its own line. The @samp{[@var{x}]} button
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 before the attribute name indicates whether the attribute is
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
584 @dfn{enabled}; @samp{[X]} means that it's enabled, and @samp{[ ]}
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
585 means that it's disabled. You can enable or disable the attribute by
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
586 clicking that button. When the attribute is enabled, you can change
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
587 the attribute value in the usual ways.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588
59282
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
589 For the colors, you can specify a color name (use @kbd{M-x
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
590 list-colors-display} for a list of them) or a hexadecimal color
59282
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
591 specification of the form @samp{#@var{rr}@var{gg}@var{bb}}.
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
592 (@samp{#000000} is black, @samp{#ff0000} is red, @samp{#00ff00} is
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
593 green, @samp{#0000ff} is blue, and @samp{#ffffff} is white.) On a
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
594 black-and-white display, the colors you can use for the background are
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
595 @samp{black}, @samp{white}, @samp{gray}, @samp{gray1}, and
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
596 @samp{gray3}. Emacs supports these shades of gray by using background
b7abe21b4ff3 (Face Customization): Mention hex color specs.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59192
diff changeset
597 stipple patterns instead of a color.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 Setting, saving and resetting a face work like the same operations for
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
600 variables (@pxref{Changing a Variable}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 A face can specify different appearances for different types of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 display. For example, a face can make text red on a color display, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 use a bold font on a monochrome display. To specify multiple
68144
7429d61c0c66 (Changing a Variable, Face Customization): Update for changes in Custom menus.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67987
diff changeset
605 appearances for a face, select @samp{For All Kinds of Displays} in the
7429d61c0c66 (Changing a Variable, Face Customization): Update for changes in Custom menus.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67987
diff changeset
606 menu you get from invoking @samp{[State]}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 @findex modify-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 Another more basic way to set the attributes of a specific face is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 with @kbd{M-x modify-face}. This command reads the name of a face, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 reads the attributes one by one. For the color and stipple attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 the attribute's current value is the default---type just @key{RET} if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 you don't want to change that attribute. Type @samp{none} if you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 to clear out the attribute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 @node Specific Customization
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
617 @subsection Customizing Specific Items
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
619 Instead of finding the setting you want to change by navigating the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
620 structure of groups, here are other ways to specify the settings that
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
621 you want to customize.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 @table @kbd
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
624 @item M-x customize-variable @key{RET} @var{variable} @key{RET}
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
625 Set up a customization buffer with just one variable, @var{variable}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 @item M-x customize-face @key{RET} @var{face} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 Set up a customization buffer with just one face, @var{face}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 @item M-x customize-group @key{RET} @var{group} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 Set up a customization buffer with just one group, @var{group}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 @item M-x customize-apropos @key{RET} @var{regexp} @key{RET}
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
631 Set up a customization buffer with all the settings and groups that
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
632 match @var{regexp}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 @item M-x customize-changed-options @key{RET} @var{version} @key{RET}
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
634 Set up a customization buffer with all the settings and groups
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 whose meaning has changed since Emacs version @var{version}.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
636 @item M-x customize-saved
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
637 Set up a customization buffer containing all settings that you
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638 have saved with customization buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 @item M-x customize-customized
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
640 Set up a customization buffer containing all settings that you have
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
641 customized but not saved.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
644 @findex customize-variable
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
645 If you want to alter a particular variable with the customization
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
646 buffer, and you know its name, you can use the command @kbd{M-x
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
647 customize-variable} and specify the variable name. This sets up the
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
648 customization buffer with just one variable---the one that you asked
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
649 for. Editing, setting and saving the value work as described above,
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
650 but only for the specified variable. Minibuffer completion is handy
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
651 if you only know part of the name. However, this command can only see
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
652 options that have been loaded in the current Emacs session.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 @findex customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655 Likewise, you can modify a specific face, chosen by name, using
46039
3c5d96a2d05f Doc default arg for customize-face.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
656 @kbd{M-x customize-face}. By default it operates on the face used
3c5d96a2d05f Doc default arg for customize-face.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
657 on the character after point.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 @findex customize-group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660 You can also set up the customization buffer with a specific group,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 using @kbd{M-x customize-group}. The immediate contents of the chosen
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
662 group, including settings (variables and faces), and other groups, all
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
663 appear as well (even if not already loaded). However, the subgroups'
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
664 own contents are not included.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 @findex customize-apropos
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 To control more precisely what to customize, you can use @kbd{M-x
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
668 customize-apropos}. You specify a regular expression as argument;
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
669 then all @emph{loaded} settings and groups whose names match this
67682
7b7fe29be670 (Easy Customization): Add "Browsing Custom" to menu.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67515
diff changeset
670 regular expression are set up in the customization buffer. If you
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
671 specify an empty regular expression, this includes @emph{all} loaded
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
672 groups and settings---which takes a long time to set up.
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
673
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
674 @findex customize-changed
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
675 When you upgrade to a new Emacs version, you might want to consider
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
676 customizing new settings, and settings whose meanings or default
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
677 values have changed. To do this, use @kbd{M-x customize-changed} and
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
678 specify a previous Emacs version number using the minibuffer. It
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
679 creates a customization buffer which shows all the settings and groups
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
680 whose definitions have been changed since the specified version,
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
681 loading them if necessary.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 @findex customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 @findex customize-customized
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
685 If you change settings and then decide the change was a mistake, you
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
686 can use two special commands to revisit your previous changes. Use
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
687 @kbd{M-x customize-saved} to look at the settings that you have saved.
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
688 Use @kbd{M-x customize-customized} to look at the settings that you
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
689 have set but not saved.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
691 @node Custom Themes
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
692 @subsection Customization Themes
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
693 @cindex custom themes
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
694
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
695 @dfn{Custom themes} are collections of settings that can be enabled
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
696 or disabled as a unit. You can use Custom themes to switch quickly
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
697 and easily between various collections of settings, and to transfer
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
698 such collections from one computer to another.
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
699
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
700 @findex customize-create-theme
67986
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
701 To define a Custom theme, use @kbd{M-x customize-create-theme},
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
702 which brings up a buffer named @samp{*New Custom Theme*}. At the top
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
703 of the buffer is an editable field where you can specify the name of
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
704 the theme. Click on the button labelled @samp{Insert Variable} to add
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
705 a variable to the theme, and click on @samp{Insert Face} to add a
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
706 face. You can edit these values in the @samp{*New Custom Theme*}
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
707 buffer like in an ordinary Customize buffer. To remove an option from
ac2f62182b94 Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67985
diff changeset
708 the theme, click on its @samp{State} button and select @samp{Delete}.
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
709
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
710 @vindex custom-theme-directory
67985
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
711 After adding the desired options, click on @samp{Save Theme} to save
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
712 the Custom theme. This writes the theme definition to a file
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
713 @file{@var{foo}-theme.el} (where @var{foo} is the theme name you
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
714 supplied), in the directory @file{~/.emacs.d/}. You can specify the
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
715 directory by setting @code{custom-theme-directory}.
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
716
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
717 You can view and edit the settings of a previously-defined theme by
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
718 clicking on @samp{Visit Theme} and specifying the theme name. You can
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
719 also import the variables and faces that you have set using Customize
67987
121a9a222aab Minor tweak.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67986
diff changeset
720 by visiting the ``special'' theme named @samp{user}. This theme, which
67985
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
721 records all the options that you set in the ordinary customization
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
722 buffer, is always enabled, and always takes precedence over all other
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
723 enabled Custom themes. Additionally, the @samp{user} theme is
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
724 recorded with code in your @file{.emacs} file, rather than a
67985
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
725 @file{user-theme.el} file.
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
726
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
727 @vindex custom-enabled-themes
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
728 Once you have defined a Custom theme, you can use it by customizing
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
729 the variable @code{custom-enabled-themes}. This is a list of Custom
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
730 themes that are @dfn{enabled}, or put into effect. If you set
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
731 @code{custom-enabled-themes} using the Customize interface, the theme
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
732 definitions are automatically loaded from the theme files, if they
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
733 aren't already. If you save the value of @code{custom-enabled-themes}
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
734 for future Emacs sessions, those Custom themes will be enabled
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
735 whenever Emacs is started up.
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
736
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
737 If two enabled themes specify different values for an option, the
d2eeb19b72bd * custom.texi (Custom Themes): Describe the new
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 67801
diff changeset
738 theme occurring earlier in @code{custom-enabled-themes} takes effect.
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
739
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
740 @findex load-theme
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
741 @findex enable-theme
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
742 @findex disable-theme
68258
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
743 You can temporarily enable a Custom theme with @kbd{M-x
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
744 enable-theme}. This prompts for a theme name in the minibuffer, loads
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
745 the theme from the theme file if necessary, and enables the theme.
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
746 You can @dfn{disable} any enabled theme with the command @kbd{M-x
68258
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
747 disable-theme}; this returns the options specified in the theme to
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
748 their original values. To re-enable the theme, type @kbd{M-x
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
749 enable-theme} again. If a theme file is changed during your Emacs
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
750 session, you can reload it by typing @kbd{M-x load-theme}. (This also
350d30451e2d (Custom Themes): Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68144
diff changeset
751 enables the theme.)
65335
3faeba93ad9e Document custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 65031
diff changeset
752
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
753 @node Variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
754 @section Variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
755 @cindex variable
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
756 @cindex option, user
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
757 @cindex user option
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
758
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
759 A @dfn{variable} is a Lisp symbol which has a value. The symbol's
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
760 name is also called the name of the variable. A variable name can
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
761 contain any characters that can appear in a file, but conventionally
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
762 variable names consist of words separated by hyphens. A variable can
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
763 have a documentation string which describes what kind of value it should
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
764 have and how the value will be used.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
765
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
766 Emacs Lisp allows any variable (with a few exceptions) to have any
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
767 kind of value, but most variables that Emacs uses expect a value of a
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
768 certain type. Often the value should always be a string, or should
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
769 always be a number. Sometimes we say that a certain feature is turned
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
770 on if a variable is ``non-@code{nil},'' meaning that if the variable's
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
771 value is @code{nil}, the feature is off, but the feature is on for
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
772 @emph{any} other value. The conventional value to use to turn on the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
773 feature---since you have to pick one particular value when you set the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
774 variable---is @code{t}.
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
775
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
776 Emacs uses many Lisp variables for internal record keeping, but the
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
777 most interesting variables for a non-programmer user are those meant
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
778 for users to change---these are called @dfn{user options}.
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
779
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
780 Each user option that you can set with the customization buffer is
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
781 in fact a Lisp variable. Emacs does not (usually) change the values
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
782 of these variables on its own; instead, you set the values in order to
67751
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
783 control the behavior of certain Emacs commands. Use of the
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
784 customization buffer is explained above (@pxref{Easy Customization});
5b235259a476 (Easy Customization and subnodes):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67682
diff changeset
785 here we describe other aspects of Emacs variables.
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
786
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
787 @menu
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
788 * Examining:: Examining or setting one variable's value.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
789 * Hooks:: Hook variables let you specify programs for parts
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
790 of Emacs to run on particular occasions.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
791 * Locals:: Per-buffer values of variables.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
792 * File Variables:: How files can specify variable values.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
793 @end menu
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
794
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
795 @node Examining
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
796 @subsection Examining and Setting Variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
797 @cindex setting variables
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
798
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
799 @table @kbd
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
800 @item C-h v @var{var} @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
801 Display the value and documentation of variable @var{var}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
802 (@code{describe-variable}).
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
803 @item M-x set-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET} @var{value} @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
804 Change the value of variable @var{var} to @var{value}.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
805 @end table
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
806
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
807 To examine the value of a single variable, use @kbd{C-h v}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
808 (@code{describe-variable}), which reads a variable name using the
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
809 minibuffer, with completion. It displays both the value and the
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
810 documentation of the variable. For example,
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
811
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
812 @example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
813 C-h v fill-column @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
814 @end example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
815
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
816 @noindent
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
817 displays something like this:
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
818
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
819 @smallexample
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
820 fill-column is a variable defined in `C source code'.
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
821 fill-column's value is 70
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
822 Local in buffer custom.texi; global value is 70
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
823 Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
824
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
825 Documentation:
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
826 *Column beyond which automatic line-wrapping should happen.
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
827 Interactively, you can set the buffer local value using C-x f.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
828
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
829 You can customize this variable.
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
830 @end smallexample
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
831
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
832 @noindent
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
833 The line that says you can customize the variable indicates that this
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
834 variable is a user option. (The star also indicates this, but it is
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
835 an obsolete indicator that may eventually disappear.) @kbd{C-h v} is
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
836 not restricted to user options; it allows any variable name.
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
837
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
838 @findex set-variable
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
839 The most convenient way to set a specific user option variable is with
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
840 @kbd{M-x set-variable}. This reads the variable name with the
59800
4a45f5c001b2 (Easy Customization): Defn of "User Option" now
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59353
diff changeset
841 minibuffer (with completion), and then reads a Lisp expression for the
66282
5f52c9ace731 (Examining): Mention accessing the old variable value via M-n in set-variable.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 65335
diff changeset
842 new value using the minibuffer a second time (you can insert the old
5f52c9ace731 (Examining): Mention accessing the old variable value via M-n in set-variable.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 65335
diff changeset
843 value into the minibuffer for editing via @kbd{M-n}). For example,
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
844
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
845 @example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
846 M-x set-variable @key{RET} fill-column @key{RET} 75 @key{RET}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
847 @end example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
848
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
849 @noindent
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
850 sets @code{fill-column} to 75.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
851
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
852 @kbd{M-x set-variable} is limited to user option variables, but you can
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
853 set any variable with a Lisp expression, using the function @code{setq}.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
854 Here is a @code{setq} expression to set @code{fill-column}:
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
855
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
856 @example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
857 (setq fill-column 75)
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
858 @end example
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
859
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
860 To execute an expression like this one, go to the @samp{*scratch*}
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
861 buffer, type in the expression, and then type @kbd{C-j}. @xref{Lisp
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
862 Interaction}.
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
863
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
864 Setting variables, like all means of customizing Emacs except where
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
865 otherwise stated, affects only the current Emacs session. The only
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
866 way to alter the variable in future sessions is to put something in
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
867 the @file{~/.emacs} file to set it those sessions (@pxref{Init File}).
58763
25b217a7d2af (Easy Customization): Move up to section level,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58624
diff changeset
868
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 @node Hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 @subsection Hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 @cindex hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 @cindex running a hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 @dfn{Hooks} are an important mechanism for customization of Emacs. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 hook is a Lisp variable which holds a list of functions, to be called on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 some well-defined occasion. (This is called @dfn{running the hook}.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 The individual functions in the list are called the @dfn{hook functions}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 of the hook. With rare exceptions, hooks in Emacs are empty when Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 starts up, so the only hook functions in any given hook are the ones you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 explicitly put there as customization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 Most major modes run one or more @dfn{mode hooks} as the last step of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 initialization. This makes it easy for you to customize the behavior of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 the mode, by setting up a hook function to override the local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885 assignments already made by the mode. But hooks are also used in other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 contexts. For example, the hook @code{suspend-hook} runs just before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 Emacs suspends itself (@pxref{Exiting}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 @cindex normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 Most Emacs hooks are @dfn{normal hooks}. This means that running the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891 hook operates by calling all the hook functions, unconditionally, with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 no arguments. We have made an effort to keep most hooks normal so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 you can use them in a uniform way. Every variable in Emacs whose name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 ends in @samp{-hook} is a normal hook.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 @cindex abnormal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 There are also a few @dfn{abnormal hooks}. These variables' names end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 in @samp{-hooks} or @samp{-functions}, instead of @samp{-hook}. What
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 makes these hooks abnormal is that there is something peculiar about the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 way its functions are called---perhaps they are given arguments, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 perhaps the values they return are used in some way. For example,
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 44783
diff changeset
902 @code{find-file-not-found-functions} (@pxref{Visiting}) is abnormal because
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 as soon as one hook function returns a non-@code{nil} value, the rest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 are not called at all. The documentation of each abnormal hook variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 explains in detail what is peculiar about it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
907 @findex add-hook
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
908 You can set a hook variable with @code{setq} like any other Lisp
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
909 variable, but the recommended way to add a hook function to a hook
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
910 (either normal or abnormal) is by calling @code{add-hook}.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
911 @xref{Hooks,,, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 For example, here's how to set up a hook to turn on Auto Fill mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 when entering Text mode and other modes based on Text mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 The next example shows how to use a hook to customize the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 of C code. (People often have strong personal preferences for one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 format compared to another.) Here the hook function is an anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 lambda expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 (setq my-c-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 '((c-comment-only-line-offset . 4)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 (c-cleanup-list . (scope-operator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 empty-defun-braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 defun-close-semi))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 (c-offsets-alist . ((arglist-close . c-lineup-arglist)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 (substatement-open . 0)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 (add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
36593
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
942 '(lambda ()
4567e1729217 custom-buffer-done-function <- Custom-buffer-done
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36292
diff changeset
943 (c-add-style "my-style" my-c-style t)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 It is best to design your hook functions so that the order in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 they are executed does not matter. Any dependence on the order is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 ``asking for trouble.'' However, the order is predictable: the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 recently added hook functions are executed first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
952 @findex remove-hook
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
953 If you play with adding various different versions of a hook
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
954 function by calling @code{add-hook} over and over, remember that all
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
955 the versions you added will remain in the hook variable together. You
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
956 can clear out individual functions by calling @code{remove-hook}, or
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
957 do @code{(setq @var{hook-variable} nil)} to remove everything.
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
958
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 @node Locals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 @subsection Local Variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 @item M-x make-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 Make variable @var{var} have a local value in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 @item M-x kill-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 Make variable @var{var} use its global value in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 @item M-x make-variable-buffer-local @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 Mark variable @var{var} so that setting it will make it local to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 buffer that is current at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 @cindex local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 Almost any variable can be made @dfn{local} to a specific Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 buffer. This means that its value in that buffer is independent of its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 value in other buffers. A few variables are always local in every
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 buffer. Every other Emacs variable has a @dfn{global} value which is in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 effect in all buffers that have not made the variable local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 @findex make-local-variable
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
980 @kbd{M-x make-local-variable} reads the name of a variable and makes
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
981 it local to the current buffer. Changing its value subsequently in
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
982 this buffer will not affect others, and changes in its global value
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
983 will not affect this buffer.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 @findex make-variable-buffer-local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 @cindex per-buffer variables
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
987 @kbd{M-x make-variable-buffer-local} marks a variable so it will
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
988 become local automatically whenever it is set. More precisely, once a
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
989 variable has been marked in this way, the usual ways of setting the
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
990 variable automatically do @code{make-local-variable} first. We call
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
991 such variables @dfn{per-buffer} variables. Many variables in Emacs
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
992 are normally per-buffer; the variable's document string tells you when
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
993 this is so. A per-buffer variable's global value is normally never
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
994 effective in any buffer, but it still has a meaning: it is the initial
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
995 value of the variable for each new buffer.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 Major modes (@pxref{Major Modes}) always make variables local to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 buffer before setting the variables. This is why changing major modes
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
999 in one buffer has no effect on other buffers. Minor modes also work
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1000 by setting variables---normally, each minor mode has one controlling
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1001 variable which is non-@code{nil} when the mode is enabled
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1002 (@pxref{Minor Modes}). For many minor modes, the controlling variable
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1003 is per buffer, and thus always buffer-local. Otherwise, you can make
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1004 it local in a specific buffer like any other variable.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006 A few variables cannot be local to a buffer because they are always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 local to each display instead (@pxref{Multiple Displays}). If you try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 make one of these variables buffer-local, you'll get an error message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 @findex kill-local-variable
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1011 @kbd{M-x kill-local-variable} makes a specified variable cease to be
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1012 local to the current buffer. The global value of the variable
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1013 henceforth is in effect in this buffer. Setting the major mode kills
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1014 all the local variables of the buffer except for a few variables
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 specially marked as @dfn{permanent locals}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 @findex setq-default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 To set the global value of a variable, regardless of whether the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 variable has a local value in the current buffer, you can use the Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 construct @code{setq-default}. This construct is used just like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 @code{setq}, but it sets variables' global values instead of their local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 values (if any). When the current buffer does have a local value, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 new global value may not be visible until you switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 Here is an example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 (setq-default fill-column 75)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 @code{setq-default} is the only way to set the global value of a variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 that has been marked with @code{make-variable-buffer-local}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 @findex default-value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 Lisp programs can use @code{default-value} to look at a variable's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 default value. This function takes a symbol as argument and returns its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 default value. The argument is evaluated; usually you must quote it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 explicitly. For example, here's how to obtain the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 @code{fill-column}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 (default-value 'fill-column)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 @node File Variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 @subsection Local Variables in Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 @cindex local variables in files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 @cindex file local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 A file can specify local variable values for use when you edit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 file with Emacs. Visiting the file checks for local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 specifications; it automatically makes these variables local to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 buffer, and sets them to the values specified in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054
68867
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1055 @menu
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1056 * Specifying File Variables:: Specifying file local variables.
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1057 * Safe File Variables:: Making sure file local variables are safe.
68867
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1058 @end menu
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1059
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1060 @node Specifying File Variables
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1061 @subsubsection Specifying File Variables
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1062
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1063 There are two ways to specify file local variable values: in the first
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 line, or with a local variables list. Here's how to specify them in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 first line:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068 -*- mode: @var{modename}; @var{var}: @var{value}; @dots{} -*-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 You can specify any number of variables/value pairs in this way, each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 pair with a colon and semicolon as shown above. @code{mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 @var{modename};} specifies the major mode; this should come first in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 line. The @var{value}s are not evaluated; they are used literally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 Here is an example that specifies Lisp mode and sets two variables with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 numeric values:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 @smallexample
36632
1bfc2fad762a (File Variables): Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36593
diff changeset
1080 ;; -*- mode: Lisp; fill-column: 75; comment-column: 50; -*-
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 You can also specify the coding system for a file in this way: just
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 specify a value for the ``variable'' named @code{coding}. The ``value''
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 must be a coding system name that Emacs recognizes. @xref{Coding
58624
a322009ca3d0 * custom.texi (File Variables): Add `unibyte' and make it more
Reiner Steib <Reiner.Steib@gmx.de>
parents: 57156
diff changeset
1086 Systems}. @w{@samp{unibyte: t}} specifies unibyte loading for a
a322009ca3d0 * custom.texi (File Variables): Add `unibyte' and make it more
Reiner Steib <Reiner.Steib@gmx.de>
parents: 57156
diff changeset
1087 particular Lisp file. @xref{Enabling Multibyte}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088
34116
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1089 The @code{eval} pseudo-variable, described below, can be specified in
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1090 the first line as well.
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1091
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1092 @cindex shell scripts, and local file variables
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1093 In shell scripts, the first line is used to identify the script
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1094 interpreter, so you cannot put any local variables there. To
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1095 accommodate this, Emacs looks for local variable specifications in the
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1096 @emph{second} line when the first line specifies an interpreter.
34116
1c497211a58d Docment that `eval' can be used with local variables in the first
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31075
diff changeset
1097
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 A @dfn{local variables list} goes near the end of the file, in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 last page. (It is often best to put it on a page by itself.) The local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 variables list starts with a line containing the string @samp{Local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 Variables:}, and ends with a line containing the string @samp{End:}. In
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 between come the variable names and values, one set per line, as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 @samp{@var{variable}:@: @var{value}}. The @var{value}s are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 evaluated; they are used literally. If a file has both a local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 variables list and a @samp{-*-} line, Emacs processes @emph{everything}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 in the @samp{-*-} line first, and @emph{everything} in the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 variables list afterward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1109 Here is an example of a local variables list:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 ;;; Local Variables: ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 ;;; mode:lisp ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 ;;; comment-column:0 ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 ;;; comment-start: ";;; " ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 ;;; comment-end:"***" ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 ;;; End: ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1120 Each line starts with the prefix @samp{;;; } and each line ends with
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1121 the suffix @samp{ ***}. Emacs recognizes these as the prefix and
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1122 suffix based on the first line of the list, by finding them
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 surrounding the magic string @samp{Local Variables:}; then it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 automatically discards them from the other lines of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 The usual reason for using a prefix and/or suffix is to embed the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 local variables list in a comment, so it won't confuse other programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 that the file is intended as input for. The example above is for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 language where comment lines start with @samp{;;; } and end with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 @samp{***}; the local values for @code{comment-start} and
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1131 @code{comment-end} customize the rest of Emacs for this unusual
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1132 syntax. Don't use a prefix (or a suffix) if you don't need one.
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1133
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1134 If you write a multi-line string value, you should put the prefix
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1135 and suffix on each line, even lines that start or end within the
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1136 string. They will be stripped off for processing the list. If you
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1137 want to split a long string across multiple lines of the file, you can
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1138 use backslash-newline, which is ignored in Lisp string constants.
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1139 Here's an example of doing this:
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1140
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1141 @example
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1142 # Local Variables:
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1143 # compile-command: "cc foo.c -Dfoo=bar -Dhack=whatever \
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1144 # -Dmumble=blaah"
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1145 # End:
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1146 @end example
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147
58624
a322009ca3d0 * custom.texi (File Variables): Add `unibyte' and make it more
Reiner Steib <Reiner.Steib@gmx.de>
parents: 57156
diff changeset
1148 Some ``variable names'' have special meanings in a local variables
59192
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1149 list. Specifying the ``variable'' @code{mode} really sets the major
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1150 mode, while any value specified for the ``variable'' @code{eval} is
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1151 simply evaluated as an expression (its value is ignored). A value for
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1152 @code{coding} specifies the coding system for character code
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1153 conversion of this file, and a value of @code{t} for @code{unibyte}
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1154 says to visit the file in a unibyte buffer. These four ``variables''
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1155 are not really variables; setting them in any other context has no
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1156 special meaning.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157
59192
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1158 @emph{If @code{mode} is used to set a major mode, it should be the
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1159 first ``variable'' in the list.} Otherwise, the entries that precede
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1160 it will usually be ignored, since most modes kill all local variables
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1161 as part of their initialization.
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1162
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1163 You can use the @code{mode} ``variable'' to set minor modes as well
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1164 as the major modes; in fact, you can use it more than once, first to
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1165 set the major mode and then to set minor modes which are specific to
f6c4c15febd7 (File Variables): Clarify previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 58861
diff changeset
1166 particular buffers. But most minor modes should not be specified in
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1167 the file at all, because they represent user preferences.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 For example, you may be tempted to try to turn on Auto Fill mode with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 a local variable list. That is a mistake. The choice of Auto Fill mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 or not is a matter of individual taste, not a matter of the contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 particular files. If you want to use Auto Fill, set up major mode hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 with your @file{.emacs} file to turn it on (when appropriate) for you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 alone (@pxref{Init File}). Don't use a local variable list to impose
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 your taste on everyone.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 The start of the local variables list must be no more than 3000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 characters from the end of the file, and must be in the last page if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 file is divided into pages. Otherwise, Emacs will not notice it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 there. The purpose of this rule is so that a stray @samp{Local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 Variables:}@: not in the last page does not confuse Emacs, and so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 visiting a long file that is all one page and has no local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 list need not take the time to search the whole file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 Use the command @code{normal-mode} to reset the local variables and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 major mode of a buffer according to the file name and contents,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 including the local variables list if any. @xref{Choosing Modes}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1189 @node Safe File Variables
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1190 @subsubsection Safety of File Variables
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1191
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1192 File-local variables can be dangerous; when you visit someone else's
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1193 file, there's no telling what its local variables list could do to
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1194 your Emacs. Improper values of the @code{eval} ``variable,'' and
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1195 other variables such as @code{load-path}, could execute Lisp code you
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1196 didn't intend to run.
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1197
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1198 Therefore, whenever Emacs encounters file local variable values that
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1199 are not known to be safe, it displays the file's entire local
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1200 variables list, and asks you for confirmation before setting them.
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1201 You can type @kbd{y} or @key{SPC} to put the local variables list into
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1202 effect, or @kbd{n} to ignore it. When Emacs is run in batch mode
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1203 (@pxref{Initial Options}), it can't really ask you, so it assumes the
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1204 answer @samp{n}.
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1205
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1206 Emacs normally recognizes certain variables/value pairs as safe.
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1207 For instance, it is safe to give @code{comment-column} or
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1208 @code{fill-column} any integer value. If a file specifies only
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1209 known-safe variable/value pairs, Emacs does not ask for confirmation
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1210 before setting them. Otherwise, you can tell Emacs to record all the
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1211 variable/value pairs in this file as safe, by typing @kbd{!} at the
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1212 confirmation prompt. When Emacs encounters these variable/value pairs
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1213 subsequently, in the same file or others, it will assume they are
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1214 safe.
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1215
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1216 @vindex safe-local-variable-values
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1217 @cindex risky variable
68867
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1218 Some variables, such as @code{load-path}, are considered
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1219 particularly @dfn{risky}: there is seldom any reason to specify them
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1220 as local variables, and changing them can be dangerous. Even if you
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1221 enter @kbd{!} at the confirmation prompt, Emacs will not record any
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1222 values as safe for these variables. If you really want to record safe
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1223 values for these variables, do it directly by customizing
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1224 @samp{safe-local-variable-values} (@pxref{Easy Customization}).
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1225
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1226 @vindex enable-local-variables
68867
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1227 The variable @code{enable-local-variables} allows you to change the
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1228 way Emacs processes local variables. Its default value is @code{t},
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1229 which specifies the behavior described above. If it is @code{nil},
69946
f03892ad5b73 (Safe File Variables): Document enable-local-variables = :safe.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 69736
diff changeset
1230 Emacs simply ignores all file local variables. @code{:safe} means use
f03892ad5b73 (Safe File Variables): Document enable-local-variables = :safe.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 69736
diff changeset
1231 only the safe values and ignore the rest. Any other value says to
f03892ad5b73 (Safe File Variables): Document enable-local-variables = :safe.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 69736
diff changeset
1232 query you about each file that has local variables, without trying to
f03892ad5b73 (Safe File Variables): Document enable-local-variables = :safe.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 69736
diff changeset
1233 determine whether the values are known to be safe.
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1234
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1235 @vindex enable-local-eval
68867
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1236 The variable @code{enable-local-eval} controls whether Emacs
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1237 processes @code{eval} variables. The three possibilities for the
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1238 variable's value are @code{t}, @code{nil}, and anything else, just as
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1239 for @code{enable-local-variables}. The default is @code{maybe}, which
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1240 is neither @code{t} nor @code{nil}, so normally Emacs does ask for
4ea80a7bd411 * custom.texi (Specifying File Variables, Unsafe File Variables):
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 68715
diff changeset
1241 confirmation about processes @code{eval} variables.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242
68914
5036e00f1d0b (Safe File Variables): Lots of clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68909
diff changeset
1243 @vindex safe-local-eval-forms
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1244 But there is an exception. The @code{safe-local-eval-forms} is a
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1245 customizable list of eval forms which are safe. Emacs does not ask
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1246 for confirmation when it finds these forms for the @code{eval}
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1247 variable.
54723
326aa7651bd6 (File Variables): Add safe-local-eval-forms.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 52979
diff changeset
1248
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 @node Key Bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 @section Customizing Key Bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 @cindex key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 This section describes @dfn{key bindings}, which map keys to commands,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 and @dfn{keymaps}, which record key bindings. It also explains how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 to customize key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 Recall that a command is a Lisp function whose definition provides for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 interactive use. Like every Lisp function, a command has a function
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1259 name, which usually consists of lower-case letters and hyphens.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 * Keymaps:: Generalities. The global keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 * Prefix Keymaps:: Keymaps for prefix keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 * Local Keymaps:: Major and minor modes have their own keymaps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 * Minibuffer Maps:: The minibuffer uses its own local keymaps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 * Rebinding:: How to redefine one key's meaning conveniently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 * Init Rebinding:: Rebinding keys with your init file, @file{.emacs}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 * Function Keys:: Rebinding terminal function keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 * Named ASCII Chars:: Distinguishing @key{TAB} from @kbd{C-i}, and so on.
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1270 * Non-ASCII Rebinding:: Rebinding non-@acronym{ASCII} characters such as Latin-1.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 * Mouse Buttons:: Rebinding mouse buttons in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 * Disabling:: Disabling a command means confirmation is required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 before it can be executed. This is done to protect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 beginners from surprises.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 @node Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 @subsection Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 @cindex keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 The bindings between key sequences and command functions are recorded
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 in data structures called @dfn{keymaps}. Emacs has many of these, each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 used on particular occasions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 Recall that a @dfn{key sequence} (@dfn{key}, for short) is a sequence
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 of @dfn{input events} that have a meaning as a unit. Input events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 include characters, function keys and mouse buttons---all the inputs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 that you can send to the computer with your terminal. A key sequence
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 gets its meaning from its @dfn{binding}, which says what command it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 runs. The function of keymaps is to record these bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 @cindex global keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 The @dfn{global} keymap is the most important keymap because it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 always in effect. The global keymap defines keys for Fundamental mode;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 most of these definitions are common to most or all major modes. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 major or minor mode can have its own keymap which overrides the global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 definitions of some keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 For example, a self-inserting character such as @kbd{g} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 self-inserting because the global keymap binds it to the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 @code{self-insert-command}. The standard Emacs editing characters such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 as @kbd{C-a} also get their standard meanings from the global keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 Commands to rebind keys, such as @kbd{M-x global-set-key}, actually work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 by storing the new binding in the proper place in the global map.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 @xref{Rebinding}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 Meta characters work differently; Emacs translates each Meta
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 character into a pair of characters starting with @key{ESC}. When you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 type the character @kbd{M-a} in a key sequence, Emacs replaces it with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 @kbd{@key{ESC} a}. A meta key comes in as a single input event, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 becomes two events for purposes of key bindings. The reason for this is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 historical, and we might change it someday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 @cindex function key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 Most modern keyboards have function keys as well as character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 Function keys send input events just as character keys do, and keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 can have bindings for them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1319 On text terminals, typing a function key actually sends the computer a
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 sequence of characters; the precise details of the sequence depends on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 which function key and on the model of terminal you are using. (Often
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 the sequence starts with @kbd{@key{ESC} [}.) If Emacs understands your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 terminal type properly, it recognizes the character sequences forming
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 function keys wherever they occur in a key sequence (not just at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 beginning). Thus, for most purposes, you can pretend the function keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 reach Emacs directly and ignore their encoding as character sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 @cindex mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 Mouse buttons also produce input events. These events come with other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 data---the window and position where you pressed or released the button,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 and a time stamp. But only the choice of button matters for key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 bindings; the other data matters only if a command looks at it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 (Commands designed for mouse invocation usually do look at the other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 data.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 A keymap records definitions for single events. Interpreting a key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 sequence of multiple events involves a chain of keymaps. The first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 keymap gives a definition for the first event; this definition is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 another keymap, which is used to look up the second event in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 sequence, and so on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 Key sequences can mix function keys and characters. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 @kbd{C-x @key{SELECT}} is meaningful. If you make @key{SELECT} a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 key, then @kbd{@key{SELECT} C-n} makes sense. You can even mix mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 events with keyboard events, but we recommend against it, because such
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1346 key sequences are inconvenient to use.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1348 As a user, you can redefine any key; but it is usually best to stick
44783
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1349 to key sequences that consist of @kbd{C-c} followed by a letter (upper
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1350 or lower case). These keys are ``reserved for users,'' so they won't
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1351 conflict with any properly designed Emacs extension. The function
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1352 keys @key{F5} through @key{F9} are also reserved for users. If you
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1353 redefine some other key, your definition may be overridden by certain
c00838d6756f Explain C-c LETTER better.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44278
diff changeset
1354 extensions or major modes which redefine the same key.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 @node Prefix Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 @subsection Prefix Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 A prefix key such as @kbd{C-x} or @key{ESC} has its own keymap,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 which holds the definition for the event that immediately follows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 that prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 The definition of a prefix key is usually the keymap to use for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 looking up the following event. The definition can also be a Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 symbol whose function definition is the following keymap; the effect is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 the same, but it provides a command name for the prefix key that can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 used as a description of what the prefix key is for. Thus, the binding
67515
bcb381c5774c (Easy Customization): Change menu comment.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 67445
diff changeset
1368 of @kbd{C-x} is the symbol @code{Control-X-prefix}, whose function
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 definition is the keymap for @kbd{C-x} commands. The definitions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 @kbd{C-c}, @kbd{C-x}, @kbd{C-h} and @key{ESC} as prefix keys appear in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 the global map, so these prefix keys are always available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 Aside from ordinary prefix keys, there is a fictitious ``prefix key''
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 which represents the menu bar; see @ref{Menu Bar,,,elisp, The Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 Reference Manual}, for special information about menu bar key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 Mouse button events that invoke pop-up menus are also prefix keys; see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 @ref{Menu Keymaps,,,elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 Some prefix keymaps are stored in variables with names:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 @vindex ctl-x-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 @code{ctl-x-map} is the variable name for the map used for characters that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 follow @kbd{C-x}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 @vindex help-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 @code{help-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-h}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 @vindex esc-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 @code{esc-map} is for characters that follow @key{ESC}. Thus, all Meta
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 characters are actually defined by this map.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 @vindex ctl-x-4-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 @code{ctl-x-4-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-x 4}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 @vindex mode-specific-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 @code{mode-specific-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-c}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 @node Local Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 @subsection Local Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 @cindex local keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 So far we have explained the ins and outs of the global map. Major
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 modes customize Emacs by providing their own key bindings in @dfn{local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 keymaps}. For example, C mode overrides @key{TAB} to make it indent the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 current line for C code. Portions of text in the buffer can specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 their own keymaps to substitute for the keymap of the buffer's major
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 @cindex minor mode keymap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 Minor modes can also have local keymaps. Whenever a minor mode is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 in effect, the definitions in its keymap override both the major
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 mode's local keymap and the global keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 A local keymap can locally redefine a key as a prefix key by defining
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 it as a prefix keymap. If the key is also defined globally as a prefix,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 then its local and global definitions (both keymaps) effectively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 combine: both of them are used to look up the event that follows the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 prefix key. Thus, if the mode's local keymap defines @kbd{C-c} as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 another keymap, and that keymap defines @kbd{C-z} as a command, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 provides a local meaning for @kbd{C-c C-z}. This does not affect other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 sequences that start with @kbd{C-c}; if those sequences don't have their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 own local bindings, their global bindings remain in effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 Another way to think of this is that Emacs handles a multi-event key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 sequence by looking in several keymaps, one by one, for a binding of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 whole key sequence. First it checks the minor mode keymaps for minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 modes that are enabled, then it checks the major mode's keymap, and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 it checks the global keymap. This is not precisely how key lookup
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1433 works, but it's good enough for understanding the results in ordinary
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1434 circumstances.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 @cindex rebinding major mode keys
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1437 Most major modes construct their keymaps when the mode is used for
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1438 the first time in a session. If you wish to change one of these
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1439 keymaps, you must use the major mode's @dfn{mode hook}
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1440 (@pxref{Hooks}).
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1441
26392
b3d3ff9a7a2c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1442 @findex define-key
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 For example, the command @code{texinfo-mode} to select Texinfo mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 runs the hook @code{texinfo-mode-hook}. Here's how you can use the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 to add local bindings (not very useful, we admit) for @kbd{C-c n} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 @kbd{C-c p} in Texinfo mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 (add-hook 'texinfo-mode-hook
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1450 '(lambda ()
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1451 (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-cp"
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1452 'backward-paragraph)
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1453 (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-cn"
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
1454 'forward-paragraph)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 @node Minibuffer Maps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 @subsection Minibuffer Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 @cindex minibuffer keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 @vindex minibuffer-local-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 @vindex minibuffer-local-ns-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 @vindex minibuffer-local-completion-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 @vindex minibuffer-local-must-match-map
67445
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1465 @vindex minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1466 @vindex minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 The minibuffer has its own set of local keymaps; they contain various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 completion and exit commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 @code{minibuffer-local-map} is used for ordinary input (no completion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 @code{minibuffer-local-ns-map} is similar, except that @key{SPC} exits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 just like @key{RET}. This is used mainly for Mocklisp compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map} is for permissive completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 @code{minibuffer-local-must-match-map} is for strict completion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 for cautious completion.
67445
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1481 @item
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1482 @code{minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map} and
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1483 @code{minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map} are like the two
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1484 previous ones, but they are specifically for file name completion.
5615161c1a95 (Minibuffer Maps): Mention the maps for file name completion.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 67411
diff changeset
1485 They do not bind @key{SPC}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 @node Rebinding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 @subsection Changing Key Bindings Interactively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 @cindex key rebinding, this session
36263
11db0318031d Remove redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36148
diff changeset
1491 @cindex redefining keys, this session
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 The way to redefine an Emacs key is to change its entry in a keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 You can change the global keymap, in which case the change is effective in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 all major modes (except those that have their own overriding local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 definitions for the same key). Or you can change the current buffer's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 local map, which affects all buffers using the same major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 @findex global-set-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 @findex local-set-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 @findex global-unset-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 @findex local-unset-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 @item M-x global-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 Define @var{key} globally to run @var{cmd}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 @item M-x local-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 Define @var{key} locally (in the major mode now in effect) to run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 @var{cmd}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 @item M-x global-unset-key @key{RET} @var{key}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 Make @var{key} undefined in the global map.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 @item M-x local-unset-key @key{RET} @var{key}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 Make @var{key} undefined locally (in the major mode now in effect).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 For example, suppose you like to execute commands in a subshell within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 an Emacs buffer, instead of suspending Emacs and executing commands in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 your login shell. Normally, @kbd{C-z} is bound to the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 @code{suspend-emacs} (when not using the X Window System), but you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 change @kbd{C-z} to invoke an interactive subshell within Emacs, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 binding it to @code{shell} as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 M-x global-set-key @key{RET} C-z shell @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 @code{global-set-key} reads the command name after the key. After you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 press the key, a message like this appears so that you can confirm that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 you are binding the key you want:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 @example
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47535
diff changeset
1532 Set key C-z to command:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 You can redefine function keys and mouse events in the same way; just
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 type the function key or click the mouse when it's time to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 key to rebind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 You can rebind a key that contains more than one event in the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 way. Emacs keeps reading the key to rebind until it is a complete key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 (that is, not a prefix key). Thus, if you type @kbd{C-f} for
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1542 @var{key}, that's the end; it enters the minibuffer immediately to
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1543 read @var{cmd}. But if you type @kbd{C-x}, since that's a prefix, it
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1544 reads another character; if that is @kbd{4}, another prefix character,
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1545 it reads one more character, and so on. For example,
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 M-x global-set-key @key{RET} C-x 4 $ spell-other-window @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 redefines @kbd{C-x 4 $} to run the (fictitious) command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 @code{spell-other-window}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 The two-character keys consisting of @kbd{C-c} followed by a letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 are reserved for user customizations. Lisp programs are not supposed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 define these keys, so the bindings you make for them will be available
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 in all major modes and will never get in the way of anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 You can remove the global definition of a key with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 @code{global-unset-key}. This makes the key @dfn{undefined}; if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 type it, Emacs will just beep. Similarly, @code{local-unset-key} makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 a key undefined in the current major mode keymap, which makes the global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 definition (or lack of one) come back into effect in that major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 If you have redefined (or undefined) a key and you subsequently wish
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 to retract the change, undefining the key will not do the job---you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 to redefine the key with its standard definition. To find the name of
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1569 the standard definition of a key, go to a Fundamental mode buffer in a
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1570 fresh Emacs and use @kbd{C-h c}. The documentation of keys in this
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1571 manual also lists their command names.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 If you want to prevent yourself from invoking a command by mistake, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 is better to disable the command than to undefine the key. A disabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 command is less work to invoke when you really want to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 @xref{Disabling}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578 @node Init Rebinding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 @subsection Rebinding Keys in Your Init File
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581 If you have a set of key bindings that you like to use all the time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 you can specify them in your @file{.emacs} file by using their Lisp
26392
b3d3ff9a7a2c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1583 syntax. (@xref{Init File}.)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1585 The simplest method for doing this works for @acronym{ASCII} characters and
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1586 Meta-modified @acronym{ASCII} characters only. This method uses a string to
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 represent the key sequence you want to rebind. For example, here's how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 to bind @kbd{C-z} to @code{shell}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 (global-set-key "\C-z" 'shell)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 @noindent
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1595 This example uses a string constant containing one character,
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1596 @kbd{C-z}. (@samp{\C-} is string syntax for a control character.) The
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1597 single-quote before the command name, @code{shell}, marks it as a
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 constant symbol rather than a variable. If you omit the quote, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 would try to evaluate @code{shell} immediately as a variable. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 probably causes an error; it certainly isn't what you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1602 Here is another example that binds the key sequence @kbd{C-x M-l}:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 @example
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1605 (global-set-key "\C-x\M-l" 'make-symbolic-link)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1608 To put @key{TAB}, @key{RET}, @key{ESC}, or @key{DEL} in the
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1609 string, you can use the Emacs Lisp escape sequences, @samp{\t},
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1610 @samp{\r}, @samp{\e}, and @samp{\d}. Here is an example which binds
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1611 @kbd{C-x @key{TAB}}:
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1612
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1613 @example
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1614 (global-set-key "\C-x\t" 'indent-rigidly)
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1615 @end example
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1616
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1617 These examples show how to write some other special @acronym{ASCII} characters
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1618 in strings for key bindings:
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1619
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1620 @example
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1621 (global-set-key "\r" 'newline) ;; @key{RET}
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1622 (global-set-key "\d" 'delete-backward-char) ;; @key{DEL}
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1623 (global-set-key "\C-x\e\e" 'repeat-complex-command) ;; @key{ESC}
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1624 @end example
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1625
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 When the key sequence includes function keys or mouse button events,
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1627 or non-@acronym{ASCII} characters such as @code{C-=} or @code{H-a}, you must use
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 the more general method of rebinding, which uses a vector to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 key sequence.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 The way to write a vector in Emacs Lisp is with square brackets around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 the vector elements. Use spaces to separate the elements. If an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 element is a symbol, simply write the symbol's name---no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 delimiters or punctuation are needed. If a vector element is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 character, write it as a Lisp character constant: @samp{?} followed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 the character as it would appear in a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 Here are examples of using vectors to rebind @kbd{C-=} (a control
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1639 character not in @acronym{ASCII}), @kbd{C-M-=} (not in @acronym{ASCII} because @kbd{C-=}
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1640 is not), @kbd{H-a} (a Hyper character; @acronym{ASCII} doesn't have Hyper at
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1641 all), @key{F7} (a function key), and @kbd{C-Mouse-1} (a
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 keyboard-modified mouse button):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 (global-set-key [?\C-=] 'make-symbolic-link)
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1646 (global-set-key [?\M-\C-=] 'make-symbolic-link)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 (global-set-key [?\H-a] 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 (global-set-key [f7] 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 (global-set-key [C-mouse-1] 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1652 You can use a vector for the simple cases too. Here's how to
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1653 rewrite the first six examples above to use vectors:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 (global-set-key [?\C-z] 'shell)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 (global-set-key [?\C-x ?l] 'make-symbolic-link)
37419
201fa171a6e2 Explain binding TAB etc using \t etc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37354
diff changeset
1658 (global-set-key [?\C-x ?\t] 'indent-rigidly)
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1659 (global-set-key [?\r] 'newline)
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1660 (global-set-key [?\d] 'delete-backward-char)
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1661 (global-set-key [?\C-x ?\e ?\e] 'repeat-complex-command)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1664 @noindent
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1665 As you see, you represent a multi-character key sequence with a vector
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1666 by listing all of the characters, in order, within the square brackets
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1667 that delimit the vector.
39161
10b97dddcb68 Show how to put more special ASCII characters
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39060
diff changeset
1668
51448
596b12c24475 (Init Rebinding): Replace previous change with xref.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51274
diff changeset
1669 Language and coding systems can cause problems with key bindings
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1670 for non-@acronym{ASCII} characters. @xref{Non-ASCII Rebinding}.
51274
78a8be5d896c (Init Rebinding): Xref Non-ASCII Rebinding, for
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 50696
diff changeset
1671
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 @node Function Keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 @subsection Rebinding Function Keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 Key sequences can contain function keys as well as ordinary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 characters. Just as Lisp characters (actually integers) represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 keyboard characters, Lisp symbols represent function keys. If the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 function key has a word as its label, then that word is also the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 the corresponding Lisp symbol. Here are the conventional Lisp names for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 common function keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 @item @code{left}, @code{up}, @code{right}, @code{down}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 Cursor arrow keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 @item @code{begin}, @code{end}, @code{home}, @code{next}, @code{prior}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 Other cursor repositioning keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 @item @code{select}, @code{print}, @code{execute}, @code{backtab}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 @itemx @code{insert}, @code{undo}, @code{redo}, @code{clearline}
37977
5ff6cac52888 Update Customization buffer examples
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37976
diff changeset
1691 @itemx @code{insertline}, @code{deleteline}, @code{insertchar}, @code{deletechar}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 Miscellaneous function keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 @item @code{f1}, @code{f2}, @dots{} @code{f35}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 Numbered function keys (across the top of the keyboard).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 @item @code{kp-add}, @code{kp-subtract}, @code{kp-multiply}, @code{kp-divide}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 @itemx @code{kp-backtab}, @code{kp-space}, @code{kp-tab}, @code{kp-enter}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 @itemx @code{kp-separator}, @code{kp-decimal}, @code{kp-equal}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 Keypad keys (to the right of the regular keyboard), with names or punctuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 @item @code{kp-0}, @code{kp-1}, @dots{} @code{kp-9}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 Keypad keys with digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 @item @code{kp-f1}, @code{kp-f2}, @code{kp-f3}, @code{kp-f4}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 Keypad PF keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 These names are conventional, but some systems (especially when using
35188
94d46968a93f Don't say "X Windows". From Colin Walters <walters@cis.ohio-state.edu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34151
diff changeset
1710 X) may use different names. To make certain what symbol is used for a
94d46968a93f Don't say "X Windows". From Colin Walters <walters@cis.ohio-state.edu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34151
diff changeset
1711 given function key on your terminal, type @kbd{C-h c} followed by that
94d46968a93f Don't say "X Windows". From Colin Walters <walters@cis.ohio-state.edu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34151
diff changeset
1712 key.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 A key sequence which contains function key symbols (or anything but
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1715 @acronym{ASCII} characters) must be a vector rather than a string.
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1716 Thus, to bind function key @samp{f1} to the command @code{rmail},
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1717 write the following:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 (global-set-key [f1] 'rmail)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 To bind the right-arrow key to the command @code{forward-char}, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 use this expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 (global-set-key [right] 'forward-char)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 This uses the Lisp syntax for a vector containing the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 @code{right}. (This binding is present in Emacs by default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 @xref{Init Rebinding}, for more information about using vectors for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 rebinding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738 You can mix function keys and characters in a key sequence. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 example binds @kbd{C-x @key{NEXT}} to the command @code{forward-page}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 (global-set-key [?\C-x next] 'forward-page)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 where @code{?\C-x} is the Lisp character constant for the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 @kbd{C-x}. The vector element @code{next} is a symbol and therefore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 does not take a question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 You can use the modifier keys @key{CTRL}, @key{META}, @key{HYPER},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 @key{SUPER}, @key{ALT} and @key{SHIFT} with function keys. To represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 these modifiers, add the strings @samp{C-}, @samp{M-}, @samp{H-},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 @samp{s-}, @samp{A-} and @samp{S-} at the front of the symbol name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 Thus, here is how to make @kbd{Hyper-Meta-@key{RIGHT}} move forward a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 word:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 (global-set-key [H-M-right] 'forward-word)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760
61051
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1761 @cindex keypad
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1762 Many keyboards have a ``numeric keypad'' on the right hand side.
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1763 The numeric keys in the keypad double up as cursor motion keys,
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1764 toggled by a key labeled @samp{Num Lock}. By default, Emacs
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1765 translates these keys to the corresponding keys in the main keyboard.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1766 For example, when @samp{Num Lock} is on, the key labeled @samp{8} on
65031
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1767 the numeric keypad produces @code{kp-8}, which is translated to
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1768 @kbd{8}; when @samp{Num Lock} is off, the same key produces
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1769 @code{kp-up}, which is translated to @key{UP}. If you rebind a key
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1770 such as @kbd{8} or @key{UP}, it affects the equivalent keypad key too.
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1771 However, if you rebind a @samp{kp-} key directly, that won't affect
177b0fcf58b9 (Minor Modes): Say that the list here is not complete.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 64890
diff changeset
1772 its non-keypad equivalent.
61051
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1773
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1774 Emacs provides a convenient method for binding the numeric keypad
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1775 keys, using the variables @code{keypad-setup},
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1776 @code{keypad-numlock-setup}, @code{keypad-shifted-setup}, and
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1777 @code{keypad-numlock-shifted-setup}. These can be found in the
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1778 @samp{keyboard} customization group (@pxref{Easy Customization}). You
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1779 can rebind the keys to perform other tasks, such as issuing numeric
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1780 prefix arguments.
a45405053cb1 (Function Keys): Document kp- event types and keypad-setup package.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 60423
diff changeset
1781
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 @node Named ASCII Chars
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1783 @subsection Named @acronym{ASCII} Control Characters
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 @key{TAB}, @key{RET}, @key{BS}, @key{LFD}, @key{ESC} and @key{DEL}
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1786 started out as names for certain @acronym{ASCII} control characters,
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1787 used so often that they have special keys of their own. For instance,
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1788 @key{TAB} was another name for @kbd{C-i}. Later, users found it
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 convenient to distinguish in Emacs between these keys and the ``same''
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1790 control characters typed with the @key{CTRL} key. Therefore, on most
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1791 modern terminals, they are no longer the same, and @key{TAB} is
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1792 distinguishable from @kbd{C-i}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1794 Emacs can distinguish these two kinds of input if the keyboard does.
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1795 It treats the ``special'' keys as function keys named @code{tab},
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1796 @code{return}, @code{backspace}, @code{linefeed}, @code{escape}, and
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1797 @code{delete}. These function keys translate automatically into the
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1798 corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters @emph{if} they have no
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1799 bindings of their own. As a result, neither users nor Lisp programs
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
1800 need to pay attention to the distinction unless they care to.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 If you do not want to distinguish between (for example) @key{TAB} and
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1803 @kbd{C-i}, make just one binding, for the @acronym{ASCII} character @key{TAB}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 (octal code 011). If you do want to distinguish, make one binding for
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1805 this @acronym{ASCII} character, and another for the ``function key'' @code{tab}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1807 With an ordinary @acronym{ASCII} terminal, there is no way to distinguish
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 between @key{TAB} and @kbd{C-i} (and likewise for other such pairs),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 because the terminal sends the same character in both cases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 @node Non-ASCII Rebinding
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1812 @subsection Non-@acronym{ASCII} Characters on the Keyboard
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1813 @cindex rebinding non-@acronym{ASCII} keys
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
1814 @cindex non-@acronym{ASCII} keys, binding
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1816 If your keyboard has keys that send non-@acronym{ASCII}
56690
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1817 characters, such as accented letters, rebinding these keys
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1818 must be done by using a vector like this@footnote{You must
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1819 avoid the string syntax for binding
56690
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1820 non-@acronym{ASCII} characters, since they will be
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1821 interpreted as meta keys. @xref{Strings of Events,,,elisp,
d699954ad4c6 (Non-ASCII Rebinding):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56165
diff changeset
1822 The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.}:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 (global-set-key [?@var{char}] 'some-function)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 @noindent
36632
1bfc2fad762a (File Variables): Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36593
diff changeset
1829 Type @kbd{C-q} followed by the key you want to bind, to insert @var{char}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1831 Since this puts a non-@acronym{ASCII} character in the @file{.emacs},
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1832 you should specify a coding system for that file that supports the
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1833 character in question. @xref{Init Non-ASCII}.
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1834
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1835 @strong{Warning:} if you change the keyboard encoding, or change
57156
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1836 between multibyte and unibyte mode, or anything that would alter which
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1837 code @kbd{C-q} would insert for that character, you'll need to edit
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1838 the Lisp expression accordingly, to use the character code generated
a830d2693f6e (Hooks): Explain using setq to clear out a hook.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 56785
diff changeset
1839 by @kbd{C-q} in the new mode.
27218
ff77115434db Doc recent changes in Custom.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26392
diff changeset
1840
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 @node Mouse Buttons
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 @subsection Rebinding Mouse Buttons
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 @cindex mouse button events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 @cindex rebinding mouse buttons
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 @cindex click events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 @cindex drag events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 @cindex down events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 @cindex button down events
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 Emacs uses Lisp symbols to designate mouse buttons, too. The ordinary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 mouse events in Emacs are @dfn{click} events; these happen when you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 press a button and release it without moving the mouse. You can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 get @dfn{drag} events, when you move the mouse while holding the button
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 down. Drag events happen when you finally let go of the button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 The symbols for basic click events are @code{mouse-1} for the leftmost
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 button, @code{mouse-2} for the next, and so on. Here is how you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 redefine the second mouse button to split the current window:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 (global-set-key [mouse-2] 'split-window-vertically)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 The symbols for drag events are similar, but have the prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 @samp{drag-} before the word @samp{mouse}. For example, dragging the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 first button generates a @code{drag-mouse-1} event.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 You can also define bindings for events that occur when a mouse button
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 is pressed down. These events start with @samp{down-} instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 @samp{drag-}. Such events are generated only if they have key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 When you get a button-down event, a corresponding click or drag event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 will always follow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 @cindex double clicks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 @cindex triple clicks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 If you wish, you can distinguish single, double, and triple clicks. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 double click means clicking a mouse button twice in approximately the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 same place. The first click generates an ordinary click event. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 second click, if it comes soon enough, generates a double-click event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 instead. The event type for a double-click event starts with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 @samp{double-}: for example, @code{double-mouse-3}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 This means that you can give a special meaning to the second click at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 the same place, but it must act on the assumption that the ordinary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 single click definition has run when the first click was received.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 This constrains what you can do with double clicks, but user interface
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 designers say that this constraint ought to be followed in any case. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 double click should do something similar to the single click, only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 ``more so.'' The command for the double-click event should perform the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 extra work for the double click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 If a double-click event has no binding, it changes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 corresponding single-click event. Thus, if you don't define a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 particular double click specially, it executes the single-click command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 twice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 Emacs also supports triple-click events whose names start with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 @samp{triple-}. Emacs does not distinguish quadruple clicks as event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 types; clicks beyond the third generate additional triple-click events.
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1901 However, the full number of clicks is recorded in the event list, so
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1902 if you know Emacs Lisp you can distinguish if you really want to
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1903 (@pxref{Accessing Events,,, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}).
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1904 We don't recommend distinct meanings for more than three clicks, but
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1905 sometimes it is useful for subsequent clicks to cycle through the same
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1906 set of three meanings, so that four clicks are equivalent to one
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1907 click, five are equivalent to two, and six are equivalent to three.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 Emacs also records multiple presses in drag and button-down events.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 For example, when you press a button twice, then move the mouse while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 holding the button, Emacs gets a @samp{double-drag-} event. And at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 moment when you press it down for the second time, Emacs gets a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 @samp{double-down-} event (which is ignored, like all button-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 events, if it has no binding).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 @vindex double-click-time
38744
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1917 The variable @code{double-click-time} specifies how much time can
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1918 elapse between clicks and still allow them to be grouped as a multiple
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1919 click. Its value is in units of milliseconds. If the value is
d7121931b3ba Show example of specifying C-M-= in Lisp.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
1920 @code{nil}, double clicks are not detected at all. If the value is
38771
3e5c99acf21a (Mouse Buttons): Document the default values for double-click-time
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38744
diff changeset
1921 @code{t}, then there is no time limit. The default is 500.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922
38605
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38376
diff changeset
1923 @vindex double-click-fuzz
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38376
diff changeset
1924 The variable @code{double-click-fuzz} specifies how much the mouse
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1925 can move between clicks and still allow them to be grouped as a multiple
39060
07afb71a874e (Mouse Buttons): Document the different units of double-click-fuzz
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1926 click. Its value is in units of pixels on windowed displays and in
07afb71a874e (Mouse Buttons): Document the different units of double-click-fuzz
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1927 units of 1/8 of a character cell on text-mode terminals; the default is
07afb71a874e (Mouse Buttons): Document the different units of double-click-fuzz
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1928 3.
38605
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38376
diff changeset
1929
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 The symbols for mouse events also indicate the status of the modifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 keys, with the usual prefixes @samp{C-}, @samp{M-}, @samp{H-},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 @samp{s-}, @samp{A-} and @samp{S-}. These always precede @samp{double-}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 or @samp{triple-}, which always precede @samp{drag-} or @samp{down-}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 A frame includes areas that don't show text from the buffer, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 the mode line and the scroll bar. You can tell whether a mouse button
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 comes from a special area of the screen by means of dummy ``prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 keys.'' For example, if you click the mouse in the mode line, you get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 the prefix key @code{mode-line} before the ordinary mouse-button symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 Thus, here is how to define the command for clicking the first button in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 a mode line to run @code{scroll-up}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 (global-set-key [mode-line mouse-1] 'scroll-up)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 Here is the complete list of these dummy prefix keys and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 meanings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 @table @code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 @item mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 The mouse was in the mode line of a window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 @item vertical-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 The mouse was in the vertical line separating side-by-side windows. (If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 you use scroll bars, they appear in place of these vertical lines.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 @item vertical-scroll-bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 The mouse was in a vertical scroll bar. (This is the only kind of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 scroll bar Emacs currently supports.)
67411
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1959 @item menu-bar
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1960 The mouse was in the menu bar.
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1961 @item header-line
79c2827d1a52 (Customization): Use xref to elisp manual for non-TeX output.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 66544
diff changeset
1962 The mouse was in a header line.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 @ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 @item horizontal-scroll-bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 The mouse was in a horizontal scroll bar. Horizontal scroll bars do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 horizontal scrolling, and people don't use them often.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 @end ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 You can put more than one mouse button in a key sequence, but it isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 usual to do so.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 @node Disabling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 @subsection Disabling Commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 @cindex disabled command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1977 Disabling a command menas it requires confirmation before it can be
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1978 executed. The purpose of disabling a command is to prevent users from
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1979 executing it by accident and being confused.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 An attempt to invoke a disabled command interactively in Emacs
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1982 displays a window containing the command's name, its documentation,
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1983 and some instructions on what to do immediately; then Emacs asks for
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1984 input saying whether to execute the command as requested, enable it
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1985 and execute it, or cancel. If you decide to enable the command, you
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1986 must then answer another question---whether to do this permanently, or
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1987 just for the current session. (Enabling permanently works by
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1988 automatically editing your @file{.emacs} file.) You can also type
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
1989 @kbd{!} to enable @emph{all} commands, for the current session only.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 The direct mechanism for disabling a command is to put a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 non-@code{nil} @code{disabled} property on the Lisp symbol for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 command. Here is the Lisp program to do this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 (put 'delete-region 'disabled t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 If the value of the @code{disabled} property is a string, that string
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38791
diff changeset
2000 is included in the message displayed when the command is used:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 (put 'delete-region 'disabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 "It's better to use `kill-region' instead.\n")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 @findex disable-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 @findex enable-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 You can make a command disabled either by editing the @file{.emacs}
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2010 file directly, or with the command @kbd{M-x disable-command}, which edits
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 the @file{.emacs} file for you. Likewise, @kbd{M-x enable-command}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 edits @file{.emacs} to enable a command permanently. @xref{Init File}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013
43062
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
2014 If Emacs was invoked with the @option{-q} or @option{--no-init-file}
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
2015 options (@pxref{Initial Options}), it will not edit your
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2016 @file{~/.emacs} init file. Doing so could lose information
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2017 because Emacs has not read your init file.
43062
c9d1c7655c9f (Disabling): Document that .emacs is not edited from "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43038
diff changeset
2018
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 Whether a command is disabled is independent of what key is used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 invoke it; disabling also applies if the command is invoked using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 @kbd{M-x}. Disabling a command has no effect on calling it as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 function from Lisp programs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 @node Syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 @section The Syntax Table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 @cindex syntax table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 All the Emacs commands which parse words or balance parentheses are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 controlled by the @dfn{syntax table}. The syntax table says which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 characters are opening delimiters, which are parts of words, which are
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2031 string quotes, and so on. It does this by assigning each character to
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2032 one of fifteen-odd @dfn{syntax classes}. In some cases it specifies
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2033 some additional information also.
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2034
38114
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2035 Each major mode has its own syntax table (though related major modes
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2036 sometimes share one syntax table), which it installs in each buffer
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2037 that uses the mode. The syntax table installed in the current buffer
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2038 is the one that all commands use, so we call it ``the'' syntax table.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 @kindex C-h s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 @findex describe-syntax
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2042 To display a description of the contents of the current syntax
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2043 table, type @kbd{C-h s} (@code{describe-syntax}). The description of
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2044 each character includes the string you would have to give to
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 @code{modify-syntax-entry} to set up that character's current syntax,
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2046 starting with the character which designates its syntax class, plus
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2047 some English text to explain its meaning.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048
37122
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2049 A syntax table is actually a Lisp object, a char-table, whose
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2050 elements are cons cells. For full information on the syntax table,
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2051 see @ref{Syntax Tables,, Syntax Tables, elisp, The Emacs Lisp
a34d1e2a580f Correct syntax table data structure. Other clarifications about
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36656
diff changeset
2052 Reference Manual}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 @node Init File
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 @section The Init File, @file{~/.emacs}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 @cindex init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 @cindex Emacs initialization file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 @cindex key rebinding, permanent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 @cindex rebinding keys, permanently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 @cindex startup (init file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2062 When Emacs is started, it normally loads a Lisp program from the
68588
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2063 file @file{.emacs} or @file{.emacs.el} in your home directory
68689
05a209d3a8c2 Minor cleanups. "Graphical display", not window system.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2064 (see @ref{General Variables, HOME}, if you don't know where that is).
68588
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2065 We call this file your @dfn{init file} because it specifies how to
66544
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2066 initialize Emacs for you. You can use the command line switch
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2067 @samp{-q} to prevent loading your init file, and @samp{-u} (or
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2068 @samp{--user}) to specify a different user's init file (@pxref{Initial
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2069 Options}).
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2070
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2071 You can also use @file{~/.emacs.d/init.el} as the init file. Emacs
142b6109f5b7 Document ~/.emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 66340
diff changeset
2072 tries this if it cannot find @file{~/.emacs} or @file{~/.emacs.el}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2074 @cindex @file{default.el}, the default init file
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 There can also be a @dfn{default init file}, which is the library
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 named @file{default.el}, found via the standard search path for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 libraries. The Emacs distribution contains no such library; your site
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 may create one for local customizations. If this library exists, it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 loaded whenever you start Emacs (except when you specify @samp{-q}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 But your init file, if any, is loaded first; if it sets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 @code{inhibit-default-init} non-@code{nil}, then @file{default} is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2084 @cindex site init file
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2085 @cindex @file{site-start.el}, the site startup file
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 Your site may also have a @dfn{site startup file}; this is named
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2087 @file{site-start.el}, if it exists. Like @file{default.el}, Emacs
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2088 finds this file via the standard search path for Lisp libraries.
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2089 Emacs loads this library before it loads your init file. To inhibit
55834
a32af30ee1a1 (Init File): Two dashes start --no-site-file.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 54723
diff changeset
2090 loading of this library, use the option @samp{--no-site-file}.
66340
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2091 @xref{Initial Options}. We recommend against using
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2092 @file{site-start.el} for changes that some users may not like. It is
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2093 better to put them in @file{default.el}, so that users can more easily
72170abe8953 (Init File): Recommend when to use site-start.el.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 66282
diff changeset
2094 override them.
37596
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2095
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2096 You can place @file{default.el} and @file{site-start.el} in any of
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2097 the directories which Emacs searches for Lisp libraries. The variable
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2098 @code{load-path} (@pxref{Lisp Libraries}) specifies these directories.
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2099 Many sites put these files in the @file{site-lisp} subdirectory of the
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2100 Emacs installation directory, typically
47f8d088e385 (Init File): Say explicitly that site-start.el is also searched along
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37581
diff changeset
2101 @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 If you have a large amount of code in your @file{.emacs} file, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 should rename it to @file{~/.emacs.el}, and byte-compile it. @xref{Byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 Compilation,, Byte Compilation, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 for more information about compiling Emacs Lisp programs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 If you are going to write actual Emacs Lisp programs that go beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 minor customization, you should read the @cite{Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 @ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 @xref{Top, Emacs Lisp, Emacs Lisp, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 Manual}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 @end ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 * Init Syntax:: Syntax of constants in Emacs Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 * Init Examples:: How to do some things with an init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 * Terminal Init:: Each terminal type can have an init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 * Find Init:: How Emacs finds the init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 @node Init Syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 @subsection Init File Syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 The @file{.emacs} file contains one or more Lisp function call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 expressions. Each of these consists of a function name followed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 arguments, all surrounded by parentheses. For example, @code{(setq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 fill-column 60)} calls the function @code{setq} to set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 @code{fill-column} (@pxref{Filling}) to 60.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130
56085
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2131 You can set any Lisp variable with @code{setq}, but with certain
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2132 variables @code{setq} won't do what you probably want in the
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2133 @file{.emacs} file. Some variables automatically become buffer-local
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2134 when set with @code{setq}; what you want in @file{.emacs} is to set
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2135 the default value, using @code{setq-default}. Some customizable minor
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2136 mode variables do special things to enable the mode when you set them
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2137 with Customize, but ordinary @code{setq} won't do that; to enable the
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2138 mode in your @file{.emacs} file, call the minor mode command. The
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2139 following section has examples of both of these methods.
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2140
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2141 The second argument to @code{setq} is an expression for the new
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2142 value of the variable. This can be a constant, a variable, or a
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2143 function call expression. In @file{.emacs}, constants are used most
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2144 of the time. They can be:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 @item Numbers:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 Numbers are written in decimal, with an optional initial minus sign.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 @item Strings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 @cindex Lisp string syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 @cindex string syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 Lisp string syntax is the same as C string syntax with a few extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 features. Use a double-quote character to begin and end a string constant.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 In a string, you can include newlines and special characters literally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 But often it is cleaner to use backslash sequences for them: @samp{\n}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 for newline, @samp{\b} for backspace, @samp{\r} for carriage return,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 @samp{\t} for tab, @samp{\f} for formfeed (control-L), @samp{\e} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 escape, @samp{\\} for a backslash, @samp{\"} for a double-quote, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 @samp{\@var{ooo}} for the character whose octal code is @var{ooo}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 Backslash and double-quote are the only characters for which backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 sequences are mandatory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 @samp{\C-} can be used as a prefix for a control character, as in
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2166 @samp{\C-s} for @acronym{ASCII} control-S, and @samp{\M-} can be used as a prefix for
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 a Meta character, as in @samp{\M-a} for @kbd{Meta-A} or @samp{\M-\C-a} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 @kbd{Control-Meta-A}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169
37198
12c496043cb0 (Init Syntax): Mention the -*-coding:-*- tag if .emacs uses non-ASCII
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37122
diff changeset
2170 @cindex international characters in @file{.emacs}
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2171 @cindex non-@acronym{ASCII} characters in @file{.emacs}
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2172 @anchor{Init Non-ASCII}If you want to include non-@acronym{ASCII}
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2173 characters in strings in your init
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2174 file, you should consider putting a @w{@samp{-*-coding:
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2175 @var{coding-system}-*-}} tag on the first line which states the coding
37265
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2176 system used to save your @file{.emacs}, as explained in @ref{Recognize
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2177 Coding}. This is because the defaults for decoding non-@acronym{ASCII} text might
37265
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2178 not yet be set up by the time Emacs reads those parts of your init file
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2179 which use such strings, possibly leading Emacs to decode those strings
d2c4a8eb274a (Init Syntax): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37198
diff changeset
2180 incorrectly.
37198
12c496043cb0 (Init Syntax): Mention the -*-coding:-*- tag if .emacs uses non-ASCII
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37122
diff changeset
2181
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 @item Characters:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 Lisp character constant syntax consists of a @samp{?} followed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 either a character or an escape sequence starting with @samp{\}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 Examples: @code{?x}, @code{?\n}, @code{?\"}, @code{?\)}. Note that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 strings and characters are not interchangeable in Lisp; some contexts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 require one and some contexts require the other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2189 @xref{Non-ASCII Rebinding}, for information about binding commands to
52979
3649390c0f91 Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
2190 keys which send non-@acronym{ASCII} characters.
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2191
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 @item True:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 @code{t} stands for `true'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 @item False:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 @code{nil} stands for `false'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 @item Other Lisp objects:
37976
23dc2eca0bd3 Proofreading changes from Tim Goodwin <tjg@star.le.ac.uk>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37843
diff changeset
2199 Write a single-quote (@code{'}) followed by the Lisp object you want.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 @node Init Examples
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 @subsection Init File Examples
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 Here are some examples of doing certain commonly desired things with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 Lisp expressions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 Make @key{TAB} in C mode just insert a tab if point is in the middle of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 (setq c-tab-always-indent nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 Here we have a variable whose value is normally @code{t} for `true'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 and the alternative is @code{nil} for `false'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 Make searches case sensitive by default (in all buffers that do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 override this).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 (setq-default case-fold-search nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 This sets the default value, which is effective in all buffers that do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 not have local values for the variable. Setting @code{case-fold-search}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 with @code{setq} affects only the current buffer's local value, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 is not what you probably want to do in an init file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 @vindex user-mail-address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 Specify your own email address, if Emacs can't figure it out correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 @example
69736
5b3262d81466 Many cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68914
diff changeset
2238 (setq user-mail-address "rumsfeld@@torture.gov")
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 Various Emacs packages that need your own email address use the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 @code{user-mail-address}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 Make Text mode the default mode for new buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 (setq default-major-mode 'text-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 Note that @code{text-mode} is used because it is the command for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 entering Text mode. The single-quote before it makes the symbol a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 constant; otherwise, @code{text-mode} would be treated as a variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 @need 1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 Set up defaults for the Latin-1 character set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 which supports most of the languages of Western Europe.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 (set-language-environment "Latin-1")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 @need 1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 @item
56085
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2267 Turn off Line Number mode, a global minor mode.
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2268
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2269 @example
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2270 (line-number-mode 0)
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2271 @end example
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2272
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2273 @need 1500
e6cc673c5461 (Init Syntax): Explain about vars that do special
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 55834
diff changeset
2274 @item
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 Turn on Auto Fill mode automatically in Text mode and related modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook
36148
a2719b6e7a2f Don't use naked lambdas in examples. Fix bad @xref usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35188
diff changeset
2279 '(lambda () (auto-fill-mode 1)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 This shows how to add a hook function to a normal hook variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 (@pxref{Hooks}). The function we supply is a list starting with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 @code{lambda}, with a single-quote in front of it to make it a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 constant rather than an expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 It's beyond the scope of this manual to explain Lisp functions, but for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 this example it is enough to know that the effect is to execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 @code{(auto-fill-mode 1)} when Text mode is entered. You can replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 that with any other expression that you like, or with several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 expressions in a row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 Emacs comes with a function named @code{turn-on-auto-fill} whose
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 definition is @code{(lambda () (auto-fill-mode 1))}. Thus, a simpler
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 way to write the above example is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 Load the installed Lisp library named @file{foo} (actually a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 @file{foo.elc} or @file{foo.el} in a standard Emacs directory).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 (load "foo")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 When the argument to @code{load} is a relative file name, not starting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 with @samp{/} or @samp{~}, @code{load} searches the directories in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 @code{load-path} (@pxref{Lisp Libraries}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 Load the compiled Lisp file @file{foo.elc} from your home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 (load "~/foo.elc")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 Here an absolute file name is used, so no searching is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 @item
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2323 @cindex loading Lisp libraries automatically
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2324 @cindex autoload Lisp libraries
38114
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2325 Tell Emacs to find the definition for the function @code{myfunction}
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2326 by loading a Lisp library named @file{mypackage} (i.e.@: a file
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2327 @file{mypackage.elc} or @file{mypackage.el}):
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2328
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2329 @example
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2330 (autoload 'myfunction "mypackage" "Do what I say." t)
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2331 @end example
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2332
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2333 @noindent
38114
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2334 Here the string @code{"Do what I say."} is the function's
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2335 documentation string. You specify it in the @code{autoload}
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2336 definition so it will be available for help commands even when the
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2337 package is not loaded. The last argument, @code{t}, indicates that
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2338 this function is interactive; that is, it can be invoked interactively
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2339 by typing @kbd{M-x myfunction @key{RET}} or by binding it to a key.
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2340 If the function is not interactive, omit the @code{t} or use
4face9462576 Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37977
diff changeset
2341 @code{nil}.
37354
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2342
39aa69a68098 (Init Syntax): Add a cross reference to "Non-ASCII Rebinding".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37265
diff changeset
2343 @item
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2344 Rebind the key @kbd{C-x l} to run the function @code{make-symbolic-link}
59961
f8a952f61ced (Init Examples): Fix previous fix.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents: 59957
diff changeset
2345 (@pxref{Init Rebinding}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 (global-set-key "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 (define-key global-map "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 Note once again the single-quote used to refer to the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 @code{make-symbolic-link} instead of its value as a variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 Do the same thing for Lisp mode only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 (define-key lisp-mode-map "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 Redefine all keys which now run @code{next-line} in Fundamental mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 so that they run @code{forward-line} instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370
26392
b3d3ff9a7a2c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2371 @findex substitute-key-definition
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 (substitute-key-definition 'next-line 'forward-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 global-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 Make @kbd{C-x C-v} undefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 (global-unset-key "\C-x\C-v")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 One reason to undefine a key is so that you can make it a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 Simply defining @kbd{C-x C-v @var{anything}} will make @kbd{C-x C-v} a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 prefix, but @kbd{C-x C-v} must first be freed of its usual non-prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 Make @samp{$} have the syntax of punctuation in Text mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 Note the use of a character constant for @samp{$}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 (modify-syntax-entry ?\$ "." text-mode-syntax-table)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 Enable the use of the command @code{narrow-to-region} without confirmation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 (put 'narrow-to-region 'disabled nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 @end example
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2403
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2404 @item
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2405 Adjusting the configuration to various platforms and Emacs versions.
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2406
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2407 Users typically want Emacs to behave the same on all systems, so the
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2408 same init file is right for all platforms. However, sometimes it
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2409 happens that a function you use for customizing Emacs is not available
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2410 on some platforms or in older Emacs versions. To deal with that
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2411 situation, put the customization inside a conditional that tests whether
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2412 the function or facility is available, like this:
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2413
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2414 @example
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2415 (if (fboundp 'blink-cursor-mode)
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2416 (blink-cursor-mode 0))
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2417
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2418 (if (boundp 'coding-category-utf-8)
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2419 (set-coding-priority '(coding-category-utf-8)))
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2420 @end example
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2421
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2422 @noindent
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2423 You can also simply disregard the errors that occur if the
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2424 function is not defined.
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2425
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2426 @example
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2427 (condition case ()
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2428 (set-face-background 'region "grey75")
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2429 (error nil))
61606
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2430 @end example
e348d86e70f8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 61051
diff changeset
2431
64418
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2432 A @code{setq} on a variable which does not exist is generally
c8d5956c919b (Init Examples): Clean up text about conditionals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 62475
diff changeset
2433 harmless, so those do not need a conditional.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 @node Terminal Init
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 @subsection Terminal-specific Initialization
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 Each terminal type can have a Lisp library to be loaded into Emacs when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 it is run on that type of terminal. For a terminal type named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 @var{termtype}, the library is called @file{term/@var{termtype}} and it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 found by searching the directories @code{load-path} as usual and trying the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 suffixes @samp{.elc} and @samp{.el}. Normally it appears in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 subdirectory @file{term} of the directory where most Emacs libraries are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 kept.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 The usual purpose of the terminal-specific library is to map the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 escape sequences used by the terminal's function keys onto more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 meaningful names, using @code{function-key-map}. See the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 @file{term/lk201.el} for an example of how this is done. Many function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 keys are mapped automatically according to the information in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 Termcap data base; the terminal-specific library needs to map only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 function keys that Termcap does not specify.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 When the terminal type contains a hyphen, only the part of the name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 before the first hyphen is significant in choosing the library name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 Thus, terminal types @samp{aaa-48} and @samp{aaa-30-rv} both use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 the library @file{term/aaa}. The code in the library can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 @code{(getenv "TERM")} to find the full terminal type name.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 @vindex term-file-prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 The library's name is constructed by concatenating the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 variable @code{term-file-prefix} and the terminal type. Your @file{.emacs}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 file can prevent the loading of the terminal-specific library by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 @code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 @vindex term-setup-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 Emacs runs the hook @code{term-setup-hook} at the end of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 initialization, after both your @file{.emacs} file and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 terminal-specific library have been read in. Add hook functions to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 hook if you wish to override part of any of the terminal-specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 libraries and to define initializations for terminals that do not have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 library. @xref{Hooks}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 @node Find Init
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 @subsection How Emacs Finds Your Init File
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477
68588
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2478 Normally Emacs uses the environment variable @env{HOME}
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2479 (@pxref{General Variables, HOME}) to find @file{.emacs}; that's what
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2480 @samp{~} means in a file name. If @file{.emacs} is not found inside
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2481 @file{~/} (nor @file{.emacs.el}), Emacs looks for
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2482 @file{~/.emacs.d/init.el} (which, like @file{~/.emacs.el}, can be
6958a4fa4415 (Init File, Find Init): Add cross-references to where $HOME is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 68347
diff changeset
2483 byte-compiled).
59949
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2484
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2485 However, if you run Emacs from a shell started by @code{su}, Emacs
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2486 tries to find your own @file{.emacs}, not that of the user you are
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2487 currently pretending to be. The idea is that you should get your own
7c5b107612a0 (Minor Modes): Fix typo.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 59802
diff changeset
2488 editor customizations even if you are running as the super user.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490 More precisely, Emacs first determines which user's init file to use.
68689
05a209d3a8c2 Minor cleanups. "Graphical display", not window system.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2491 It gets your user name from the environment variables @env{LOGNAME} and
29107
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28344
diff changeset
2492 @env{USER}; if neither of those exists, it uses effective user-ID.
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28344
diff changeset
2493 If that user name matches the real user-ID, then Emacs uses @env{HOME};
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 otherwise, it looks up the home directory corresponding to that user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 name in the system's data base of users.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 @c LocalWords: backtab
52401
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2497
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2498 @ignore
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2499 arch-tag: c68abddb-4410-4fb5-925f-63394e971d93
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 52227
diff changeset
2500 @end ignore